<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd">
<html>
<!--Copyright C 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
                       Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 Portions of texi2html
  Copyright C 1999, 2000 Lionel Cons
  Copyright C 1999, 2000 Karl Berry
  Copyright C 1999, 2000 Olaf Bachmann
  Copyright C 2002, 2003 Patrice Dumas
  Copyright C 2001, 2002, 2003 Derek Price
  Copyright C many others.
 
 
 Portions of this manual
  Copyright C 1999, 2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)
  Copyright C 2003 Patrice Dumas (manual)
  Copyright C 2003 Derek Price (manual)


Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim
copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and
this permission notice are preserved on all copies.

Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified
versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim
copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is
distributed under the terms of a permission notice
identical to this one.

Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations
of this manual into another language, under the above
conditions for modified versions, except that this
permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
by the Free Software Foundation.
-->
<!-- Created on February, 3 2005 by texi2html 1.76 -->
<!--
Written by: Lionel Cons <Lionel.Cons@cern.ch> (original author)
            Karl Berry  <karl@freefriends.org>
            Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
            and many others.
Maintained by: Many creative people <dev@texi2html.cvshome.org>
Send bugs and suggestions to <users@texi2html.cvshome.org>

-->
<head>
<title>Texi2HTML - Texinfo to HTML v1.76: Texi2HTML</title>

<meta name="description" content="Texi2HTML - Texinfo to HTML v1.76: Texi2HTML">
<meta name="keywords" content="Texi2HTML - Texinfo to HTML v1.76: Texi2HTML">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.76">
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=us-ascii">
<style type="text/css">
<!--
a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
pre.display {font-family: serif}
pre.format {font-family: serif}
pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
ul.toc {list-style: none}
-->
</style>


</head>

<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">

<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h1 class="settitle">Texi2HTML</h1>
<p>Copyright &copy; 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
                       Free Software Foundation, Inc.
</p>
<table>
<tr><td><p> Portions of <code>texi2html</code>
</p></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 1999, 2000 Lionel Cons<br>
</p></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 1999, 2000 Karl Berry<br>
</p></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 1999, 2000 Olaf Bachmann<br>
</p></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 2002, 2003 Patrice Dumas<br>
</p></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 2001, 2002, 2003 Derek Price<br>
</p></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; many others.<br>
</p></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td><td>
</td></tr>
<tr><td> </td><td>
</td></tr>
<tr><td><p> Portions of this manual
</p></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 1999, 2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)<br>
</p></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 2003 Patrice Dumas (manual)<br>
</p></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 2003 Derek Price (manual)<br>
</p></td></tr>
</table>

<p>Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim
copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and
this permission notice are preserved on all copies.
</p>
<p>Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified
versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim
copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is
distributed under the terms of a permission notice
identical to this one.
</p>
<p>Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations
of this manual into another language, under the above
conditions for modified versions, except that this
permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
by the Free Software Foundation.
</p>



<a name="Top"></a>
<a name="SEC_Top"></a>


<p>This manual, last updated 1 February 2005, describes version 1.76
of the <code>texi2html</code> Perl script which converts
<a href="http://www.texinfo.org">Texinfo</a> into <a href="http://w3c.org">HTML</a>.
</p>
<p>Please send bug reports concerning this manual to the Texi2HTML user
discussion list <a href="mailto:user@texi2html.cvshome.org">user@texi2html.cvshome.org</a>.  Please state the exact
version of the manual which contains the bug, as given above.
</p>

<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example"><strong>This manual is currently under construction and of course incomplete.  ;-)</strong>
</pre></td></tr></table>
<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC1">1. Overview</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC3">2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
                              Obtaining a copy of the <code>texi2html</code>
                              source code distribution
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">              Installing <code>texi2html</code>
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC5">4. Invoking <code>texi2html</code></a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">        Description of the command line options
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC14">5. Overview of initialization files content and loading</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">      What kind of variables and subroutines appear
                              in init files and how they are called
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC17">6. Fine tuning of the page layout</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC47">7. Customizing <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style in init files</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">          Fine tuning of the <acronym>HTML</acronym> elements
                              associated with the texinfo constructs
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC84">A. Internationalization</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">      Help translating !
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC87">B. Command Line Option Index</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC88">C. Variable Index</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC89">D. Concept Index</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
<tr><th colspan="3" align="left" valign="top"><pre class="menu-comment">
</pre></th></tr></table>
<hr size="1">
<a name="Overview"></a>
<a name="SEC1"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC2" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[ &lt;&lt; ]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC3" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h1 class="chapter"> 1. Overview </h1>


<p><a href="http://www.texinfo.org">Texinfo</a> is the official
documentation format of the <a href="http://www.gnu.org">GNU</a>
project.  It uses a single source file to produce both
online information and printed output.
</p>
<p>It is often desirable to have a way to produce
<acronym>HTML</acronym> from Texinfo sources, as GNU-Info files are
produced.  It is much simpler to run a converter than it is to
rewrite all the documentation in <acronym>HTML</acronym>, especially
considering that there is so much Texinfo documentation in
the world.
</p>
<p>Some time ago <code>makeinfo</code> wasn't able to produce
<acronym>HTML</acronym> output format, but people still wanted documentation in
<acronym>HTML</acronym>.  This was the birthing hour for
<code>texi2html</code>.  The basic purpose of <code>texi2html</code>
is to convert Texinfo documents into <acronym>HTML</acronym>.
</p>
<p>Since then, <acronym>HTML</acronym> support in <code>makeinfo</code> has improved, but
<code>texi2html</code> is still stronger in many areas, including the degree to
which it allows customization.  With <code>texi2html</code>, some important
aspects of the resulting <acronym>HTML</acronym> files may be specified via command
line options, and configuration files provide an even finer degree of control
over the final output, allowing most every aspect of the final output not
specified in the Texinfo input file to be specified.  Configuration files are
written in <code>perl</code>, like the main program, and anything which may be
specified on the command line may also be specified within a configuration
file.
</p>
<p>For an example of the kind of pages <code>texi2html</code> is capable of
producing, have a look at the following sites:
<a href="http://www.singular.uni-kl.de/Manual/html/">the Singular Manual</a>,
<a href="http://ccvs.cvshome.org/docs/manual">the Cederqvist (CVS Manual)</a>.
</p>
<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC2">1.1 Why <code>texi2html</code> and not <code>makeinfo</code>?</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
</table>

<hr size="6">
<a name="whytexi2html"></a>
<a name="SEC2"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC1" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC3" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC1" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC1" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC3" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 1.1 Why <code>texi2html</code> and not <code>makeinfo</code>? </h2>


<p>You would like to produce <acronym>HTML</acronym> files from your existing Texinfo
files?  There are two programs you can use to do this.  The first is
<code>makeinfo</code> (see <a href="texinfo.html#Generating-HTML">(texinfo)Generating HTML</a>).
The second is <code>texi2html</code>.
</p>
<p>The design goal of <code>makeinfo</code>'s <acronym>HTML</acronym> output was to produce
readable <acronym>HTML</acronym> output. It is now possible to use <acronym>CSS</acronym>
for <acronym>HTML</acronym> customization. Another possibility is to use intermediate 
formats, like docbook or <code>mekeinfo</code> <acronym>XML</acronym> 
and <acronym>XSL</acronym> stylesheets to customize the resulting document. Still the 
output produced by <code>makeinfo</code> isn't customizable.
</p>
<p>The current development of <code>texi2html</code> tries to
provide for producing the more interesting and sophisticated <acronym>HTML</acronym>
pages that today's Internet users have come to expect.
The goal behind <code>texi2html</code> is to generate attractive <acronym>HTML</acronym> by
default but also to allow users considerable freedom to affect the final
style and design of the output <acronym>HTML</acronym> pages.  This is achieved via
command line options and flexible configuration files. 
</p>

<p>In contrast to the <acronym>HTML</acronym> produced by <code>makeinfo --html</code> (the
<code>makeinfo</code> program is part of the Texinfo distribution), the
<code>texi2html</code> program, among other differences, allows for the
customization of the entire page layout, including headers, footers, style
sheets, etc., allows for customization of the low level <acronym>HTML</acronym>
formatting, provides for splitting documents at various levels, and provides
for using the <code>latex2html</code> program to convert <code>@tex</code> sections of
the Texinfo source.
</p>
<p>The focus on <acronym>HTML</acronym> is still present but with the help of the
customization files it is now possible to use <code>texi2html</code> to
produce other formats as well. <code>texi2html</code> may for example be
turned into a texinfo to roff translator with the help of a customization file 
provided with the distribution.
</p>
<p><code>texi2html</code> should reasonably convert all Texinfo
4.8 constructs.  If you find it does not, please send a bug report to the
<a href="mailto:users@texi2html.cvshome.org">users@texi2html.cvshome.org</a> email list.
</p>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Obtaining-texi2html"></a>
<a name="SEC3"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC2" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC4" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC1" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC4" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h1 class="chapter"> 2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code> </h1>

<p>The latest version of the source code for <code>texi2html</code> should be
available from <a href="http://texi2html.cvshome.org">texi2html.cvshome.org</a>.
</p>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Installation"></a>
<a name="SEC4"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC3" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC3" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h1 class="chapter"> 3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code> </h1>

<p>To install <code>texi2html</code>, you must first obtain a copy of the
source distribution.  See section <a href="#SEC3">Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a>.
</p>
<p><code>texi2html</code> also requires <code>perl</code> version 
5.004 or above.  The current version has not been tested
extensively on versions of <code>perl</code> below 5.6, however.
</p>
<p><code>texi2html</code> is a standard Automake-based distribution.
If you have a source version, you should run <code>./configure</code>
to regenerate the executable <tt>`texi2html'</tt> file.  <code>./configure</code>
accepts options to select the installation directory for the <tt>`texi2html'</tt>
file, the default directories <code>texi2html</code> will use to look for
configuration files, and other details.  Run <code>./configure --help</code> for
more information.
</p>
<p>Running <code>./configure</code> combines four files into the final
<tt>`texi2html'</tt> program file:
</p><ul class="toc">
<li> <tt>`texi2html.pl'</tt> contains the base program,
</li><li> <tt>`MySimple.pm'</tt> handles the command line options, 
</li><li> <tt>`texi2html.init'</tt> is the default configuration file, and 
</li><li> <tt>`T2h_i18n.pm'</tt> is used for internationalization.
</li><li> <tt>`translations.pl'</tt> contains the translations of the strings used in
documents.
</li></ul>

<p>Running <code>./configure</code> also builds the <code>make</code> configuration
files (<tt>`Makefile'</tt>s).  To make the documentation run <code>make</code>.
</p> 
<p><code>make install</code> performs the installation to the locations specified to
the <code>./configure</code> script.  This usually involves placing the actual
<tt>`texi2html'</tt> file someplace in your path, such as <tt>`/usr/local/bin'</tt> or
<tt>`/usr/bin'</tt>.
</p>
<p>Installing <code>texi2html</code> in your path should be sufficient 
to run it.  To use default initialization files, or a configuration file for
LaTeX2HTML when using <code>latex2html</code> to convert <code>@tex</code> sections
(see section <a href="#SEC12">Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a>), install them in the package data directory
specified to configure.  This is <tt>`/usr/local/share/texi2html/'</tt> by default,
but depends on the value of the <a name="IDX1"></a>
<samp>`--pkgdatadir=<var>dir</var>'</samp> option passed to
the <code>./configure</code> script. Files used for strings customization and
internationalization are also searched for in the <tt>`i18n'</tt> directory
of this directory. See section <a href="#SEC13">Use initialization files for fine tuning</a> for more. 
</p>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Invoking-texi2html"></a>
<a name="SEC5"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC4" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC6" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC4" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h1 class="chapter"> 4. Invoking <code>texi2html</code> </h1>

<p>To produce an <acronym>HTML</acronym> manual, run <code>texi2html</code> with a Texinfo
file as an argument.  For example, this manual is created with:
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$ texi2html texi2html.texi
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>The behaviour of <code>texi2html</code> may be changed with command line
options.  These command line options are always associated with corresponding
<code>perl</code> variables which may appear in init files, and these 
variables are presented in this chapter each time a switch is described. 
</p>
<p>Boolean command line switches always have a corresponding negated switch,
obtained by prepending <samp>`no'</samp> or <samp>`no-'</samp> to the switch name. For example
<a name="IDX2"></a>
<samp>`--nomenu'</samp> does the reverse of <a name="IDX3"></a>
<samp>`--menu'</samp>.
</p>
<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">          The <acronym>HTML</acronym> output may be split at 
                              different levels
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">       Customizing page layout
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">          Specifying initialization files for fine tuning
</td></tr>
</table>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Splitting-output"></a>
<a name="SEC6"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC7" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document </h2>

<p>The <acronym>HTML</acronym> manual resulting from the processing of the Texinfo source
may be split into files at different levels.  This is specified with the
option <a name="IDX4"></a>
<samp>`--split'</samp> which takes an argument, namely the level of splitting
(variable: <a name="IDX5"></a>
<code>$SPLIT</code>). This level may be: 
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <samp>`chapter'</samp></dt>
<dd><p>The document is split at <code>@chapter</code>, <code>@appendix</code>, or <code>@unnumbered</code>.
</p></dd>
<dt> <samp>`section'</samp></dt>
<dd><p>The document is split at the same places as it is using the <samp>`chapter'</samp>
argument, and also at <code>@section</code>, <code>@appendixsec</code> or
<code>@unnumberedsec</code>.
</p></dd>
<dt> <samp>`node'</samp></dt>
<dd><p>The document is split at every sectioning command.  It is not necessarily 
split at each node, if the <code>@node</code> structure doesn't correspond with
the sectioning command structure (see below).
</p></dd>
<dt> <samp>`none'</samp></dt>
<dd><p>The document isn't split.  This is the default.
</p></dd>
</dl>

<p>There are two kinds of commands which may be used to define sectioning
elements in Texinfo: <code>@node</code> and the structuring commands (<code>@top</code>,
<code>@section</code>, <code>@appendixsubsec</code>,  and so on).  A node just preceding
a structuring command is considered to be part of the same sectioning element
as that command.  If the <code>@node Top</code> isn't associated with a structuring
command it also defines a sectioning element.
</p>
<p>By default, nodes which aren't associated with a structuring command are not
considered to be sectioning commands.  They are always considered to be part
of a sectioning element defined by a structuring command.  It is possible to
change this behaviour via the <a name="IDX6"></a>
<samp>`--use-nodes'</samp> option (variable
<a name="IDX7"></a>
<code>$USE_NODES</code>).  In this case, nodes not associated with structuring
commands are also considered to be sectioning commands defining a sectioning
element. 
</p>
<p>This default behaviour mimics <code>texi2dvi</code> behaviour, which ignores 
<code>@node</code> commands for the purprose of sectioning, while the second
looks like <code>makeinfo</code> behaviour (see <a href="texinfo.html#Two-Paths">(texinfo)Two Paths</a>). 
</p>
<p>As an illustration, the following table shows how a sample Texinfo document is
divided into sectioning elements when <a name="IDX8"></a>
<samp>`--use-nodes'</samp> is used and not:
</p>
<table>
<tr><td><p> Texinfo code
</p></td><td>
</td><td>
<p>default case
</p></td><td>
</td><td>
<p>with <a name="IDX9"></a>
<samp>`--use-nodes'</samp>
</p></td></tr>
<tr><td>
<br>
<br>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@node node1
@chapter node 1
node1 text

@node node2
node2 text

@node node3
node3 text
@chapter node 3
chapter text
</pre></td></tr></table></td><td>
</td><td>
<p>first element:
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@node node1
@chapter node 1
node1 text

@node node2
node2 text
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>second element:
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@node node3
node3 text
@chapter node 3
chapter text
</pre></td></tr></table>
</td><td>
</td><td>
<p>first element:
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@node node1
@chapter node 1
node1 text
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>second element:
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@node node2
node2 text
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>third element:
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@node node3
node3 text
@chapter node 3
chapter text
</pre></td></tr></table>
</td></tr>
</table>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Output-files"></a>
<a name="SEC7"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC6" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC8" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 4.2 Setting output file and directory names </h2>

<p>The manual name is constructed by stripping the <samp>`.texi'</samp>,
<samp>`.txi'</samp>, <samp>`.texinfo'</samp>, or <samp>`.txinfo'</samp> extension from the Texinfo file
name. 
</p>
<p>By default, <code>texi2html</code> generates the manual file in the current 
directory if the manual isn't split. A <samp>`.html'</samp> file extension is appended
to the manual name.
</p>
<p>If the manual is split the files are put in a directory named after the
manual name. The file name is constructed using the manual name as basename.
An underscore followed by a number is appended
to the basename for each files corresponding with sectioning elements, with the
exception of the top element. For the top element there nothing appended.
The files containing special elements pages
have an underscore and a 3 letter code corresponding to their content
(<samp>`toc'</samp> for table of contents, <samp>`abt'</samp> for about, <samp>`ovr'</samp> for
overview) appended.  Lastly, an <samp>`.html'</samp> file extension is appended.
</p>
<p>Thus, if the texinfo file <tt>`afile.texi'</tt> is processed and split at chapters
into 3 files, the generated files (in directory <tt>`afile'</tt>) will be:
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">afile.html         --&gt; <code>@node Top</code> or <code>@top</code> section
afile_1.html       --&gt; Chapter 1
afile_2.html       --&gt; Chapter 2
afile_toc.html     --&gt; Table of Contents
afile_abt.html     --&gt; About Page
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>This default behavior may be modified by several command line options. If the
output isn't split, the prefix file name may be overrided by the
<a name="IDX10"></a>
<samp>`--output'</samp> command line option (variable <a name="IDX11"></a>
<code>$OUT</code>). If the output
is split, and <a name="IDX12"></a>
<samp>`--output'</samp> is set, the files are placed in the directory
specified by the argument to the option.
</p>
<p>The basename may be overridden with <a name="IDX13"></a>
<samp>`--prefix'</samp> (variable
<a name="IDX14"></a>
<code>$PREFIX</code>).  If <a name="IDX15"></a>
<samp>`--short-ext'</samp> is given, <samp>`.htm'</samp> is appended
instead of <samp>`.html'</samp> in the final step (variable <a name="IDX16"></a>
<code>$SHORTEXTN</code>).  
The <a name="IDX17"></a>
<samp>`--top-file'</samp> option
overrides the top element file name (variable <a name="IDX18"></a>
<code>$TOP_FILE</code>).  This can
be used to name the top element file <samp>`index.html'</samp>.  Similarly,
<a name="IDX19"></a>
<samp>`--toc-file'</samp> changes the name of the table of contents file (variable
<a name="IDX20"></a>
<code>$TOC_FILE</code>).
</p>
<p>Reusing the example above, but this time calling <code>texi2html</code> like so:
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$ texi2html -split chapter -prefix manual -short-ext -top-file index.htm -toc-file contents.htm afile.texi
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>we get, in <tt>`manual'</tt>:
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">index.htm          --&gt; <code>@node Top</code> or <code>@top</code> section
manual_1.htm       --&gt; Chapter 1
manual_2.htm       --&gt; Chapter 2
contents.htm       --&gt; Table of Contents
manual_abt.htm     --&gt; About Page
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>The file names generated by <code>texi2html</code> differ from those generated
by <code>makeinfo</code>. <code>makeinfo</code> uses the node name to construct
the file names while splitting at nodes.  It is possible to get the same
behaviour out of <code>texi2html</code> by specifying the
<a name="IDX21"></a>
<samp>`--node-files'</samp> option (variable <a name="IDX22"></a>
<code>$NODE_FILES</code>).  If the output
isn't split at nodes, <code>texi2html</code> will still output files named after
the nodes, without real content but redirecting to the right file.
The default is false for this option.
This trick enables the generated <acronym>HTML</acronym> manual to be a
target for the cross-references of other manuals generated by
<code>makeinfo</code> or <code>texi2html</code>. 
</p>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Expansion"></a>
<a name="SEC8"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC7" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC9" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded </h2>

<p>The default for <code>texi2html</code> is to expand the <code>@ifhtml</code>, 
<code>@html</code>, and <code>@menu</code> regions, all the <code>@ifnot</code> regions 
except <code>@ifnothtml</code>, and no other <code>@if</code> regions.
</p>
<p>It is possible to expand other regions by setting <a name="IDX23"></a>
<samp>`--if&lt;region&gt;'</samp>,
where <samp>`&lt;region&gt;'</samp> is replaced by the literal name of the region (for
example, <samp>`--iftex'</samp>).  Symetrically, if <a name="IDX24"></a>
<samp>`--no-if&lt;region&gt;'</samp> is
specified, the <samp>`&lt;region&gt;'</samp> region is ignored.  The configuration file
array, <a name="IDX25"></a>
<code>@EXPAND</code>, holds the names of regions which should be 
expanded. The only region name present in <code>@EXPAND</code> in the default case 
is <samp>`html'</samp>. 
</p>
<p>If <a name="IDX26"></a>
<samp>`--nomenu'</samp> is set, the <code>@menu</code> sections are not expanded
(variable <a name="IDX27"></a>
<code>$SHOW_MENU</code>). The default is to expand <code>@menu</code>
sections.
</p>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Texinfo-related-options"></a>
<a name="SEC9"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC8" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC10" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features </h2>
  
<p>Miscalleneous Texinfo related things may be specified via command line options. 
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <a name="IDX28"></a>
<p><samp>`--lang=<var>lang</var>'</samp>
</p></dt>
<dd><p>Sets the document language similar to the Texinfo directive,
<code>@documentlanguage <var>lang</var></code> (variable <a name="IDX29"></a>
<code>$LANG</code>).
The default is <samp>`en'</samp>, that is, use the english language strings.
</p></dd>
<dt> <a name="IDX30"></a>
<p><samp>`-D<var>var</var>'</samp>
</p></dt>
<dd><p>Sets <var>var</var>.  Equivalent to, <code>@set <var>var</var> 1</code>, in Texinfo.
</p></dd>
<dt> <a name="IDX31"></a>
<p><samp>`-U<var>var</var>'</samp>
</p></dt>
<dd><p>Clears <var>var</var>.  Equivalent to, <code>@clear <var>var</var></code>, in Texinfo.
</p></dd>
<dt> <a name="IDX32"></a>
<p><samp>`-P<var>dir</var>'</samp>
</p></dt>
<dd><p>Prepend <var>dir</var> to the list of directories to search for
<code>@include</code> files (the associated array is <a name="IDX33"></a>
<code>@PREPEND_DIRS</code>,
empty in the default case).
</p></dd>
<dt> <a name="IDX34"></a>
<p><samp>`-I<var>dir</var>'</samp>
</p></dt>
<dd><p>Append <var>dir</var> to the list of directories to search for 
<code>@include</code> files (the associated array is <a name="IDX35"></a>
<code>@INCLUDE_DIRS</code>,
empty in the default case).
</p></dd>
</dl>

<p>The include files are always searched for in the current directory.
</p>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Page-layout-options"></a>
<a name="SEC10"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC9" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC11" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 4.5 Page layout related command line options </h2>

<p>If the <a name="IDX36"></a>
<samp>`--frames'</samp> option is specified, <acronym>HTML</acronym> frames 
are used.  A file describing the frame layout is generated, and the
document page is associated with a frame where the short table of
content appears (variable <a name="IDX37"></a>
<code>$FRAMES</code>). The default is not
to use frames.
</p>
<p>It is also possible to suppress the section navigation panel with
<a name="IDX38"></a>
<samp>`--nosec-nav'</samp> (variable <a name="IDX39"></a>
<code>$SECTION_NAVIGATION</code>, the default
is to output all the navigation panels), and to specify
whether footnotes should appear at the foot of the same page which contains
the reference to the note or on a separate page with
<a name="IDX40"></a>
<samp>`--separated-footnotes'</samp> (variable <a name="IDX41"></a>
<code>$SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES</code>).
The default is to have separated footnotes.
</p>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Style-options"></a>
<a name="SEC11"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC10" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC12" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style </h2>

<p>Miscalleneous style changes may be achieved with command line options. 
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <a name="IDX42"></a>
<p><samp>`--doctype=<var>DTD</var>'</samp>
</p></dt>
<dt> <a name="IDX43"></a>
<p><samp>`--frameset-doctype=<var>DTD</var>'</samp>
</p></dt>
<dd><p>You can specify the document DTD by setting these options. 
<a name="IDX44"></a>
<samp>`--frameset-doctype'</samp> applies to the file describing the frames when 
frames are used (corresponding variables are <a name="IDX45"></a>
<code>$DOCTYPE</code> and 
<a name="IDX46"></a>
<code>$FRAMESET_DOCTYPE</code>).
</p>
<p>The default for the document doctype is:
</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC &quot;-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN&quot; &quot;http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd&quot;&gt;
</pre></td></tr></table><p>And for the frameset doctype:
</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC &quot;-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Frameset//EN&quot; &quot;http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/frameset.dtd&quot;&gt;
</pre></td></tr></table>
</dd>
<dt> <a name="IDX47"></a>
<p><samp>`--iso'</samp>
</p></dt>
<dd><p>If this option is set, ISO8859 entities are used for some special symbols,
like Copyright &copy; (variable <a name="IDX48"></a>
<code>$USE_ISO</code>). It is the default.
</p>
</dd>
<dt> <a name="IDX49"></a>
<p><samp>`--css-include=<var>file</var>'</samp>
</p></dt>
<dd><p>This command line switch provides for the inclusion of an external
Cascading Style Sheet (<acronym>CSS</acronym>) file.  More than one file may be
specified, and <samp>`-'</samp> stands for the standard input (array
<a name="IDX50"></a>
<code>@CSS_FILES</code>). 
</p>
<p>The option use is the same than for <code>makeinfo</code> and is described
extensively in <a href="texinfo.html#HTML-CSS">(texinfo)HTML CSS</a>.
Briefly, the <acronym>CSS</acronym> <code>@import</code> lines from the external file
<acronym>CSS</acronym> file are pasted  before the
<code>texi2html</code> <acronym>CSS</acronym> rules, and the external file <acronym>CSS</acronym>
rules are pasted after the <code>texi2html</code> <acronym>CSS</acronym> rules.  
</p>
</dd>
<dt> <a name="IDX51"></a>
<p><samp>`--html-xref-prefix=<var>path</var>'</samp>
</p></dt>
<dd><p>This option sets the base directory for external <acronym>HTML</acronym> texinfo manuals 
(variable <a name="IDX52"></a>
<code>$EXTERNAL_DIR</code>).  Defaults to <samp>`../'</samp>.
</p>
</dd>
<dt> <a name="IDX53"></a>
<p><samp>`--def-table'</samp>
</p></dt>
<dd><p>If this option is set, <acronym>HTML</acronym> tables are used to format definition 
commands, rather than <acronym>HTML</acronym> definition tables (variable
<a name="IDX54"></a>
<code>$DEF_TABLE</code>). Default is false.
</p>
</dd>
<dt> <a name="IDX55"></a>
<p><samp>`--short-ref'</samp>
</p></dt>
<dd><p>If this option is set, cross-references are given without section numbers
(variable <a name="IDX56"></a>
<code>$SHORT_REF</code>). Default is false.
</p>
</dd>
<dt> <a name="IDX57"></a>
<p><samp>`--number'</samp>
</p></dt>
<dd><p>If this option is set, sections are numbered (variable
<a name="IDX58"></a>
<code>$NUMBER_SECTIONS</code>).  This is the default.
</p>
</dd>
<dt> <a name="IDX59"></a>
<p><samp>`--toc-links'</samp>
</p></dt>
<dd><p>If this option is set, links from headings to <acronym>TOC</acronym> entries are
created (variable <a name="IDX60"></a>
<code>$TOC_LINKS</code>). Default is false.
</p></dd>
</dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Expanding-TeX-regions"></a>
<a name="SEC12"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC11" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC13" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML </h2>

<p>It is possible to use <a href="http://www.latex2html.org/">LaTeX2HTML</a>  
to process <code>@tex</code> regions and <code>@math{}</code> commands.  This is an
attractive way to display mathematical constructs in the <acronym>HTML</acronym>
manual.  The <a name="IDX61"></a>
<samp>`--l2h'</samp> option activates this feature (variable
<var>$L2H</var>).  It is usually desirable to expand <code>@tex</code> sections when this
option is specified (see section <a href="#SEC8">Specifying which regions get expanded</a>). The default is not to use this
feature.
</p>
<p>The <a name="IDX62"></a>
<samp>`--l2h-l2h=<var>program</var>'</samp> option enables changing the name/location
of the LaTeX2HTML program processing TeX regions (variable
<a name="IDX63"></a>
<code>$L2H_L2H</code>). The default is <code>latex2html</code>.
</p>
<a name="IDX64"></a>
<p><samp>`--l2h-tmp'</samp> sets the directory used for temporary
files, this name shouldn't contain a dot <samp>`.'</samp>
(variable is <a name="IDX65"></a>
<code>$L2H_TMP</code>). Defaults to the current dir.
</p>
<p>The file specified by <a name="IDX66"></a>
<samp>`--l2h-file'</samp> is
used as LaTeX2HTML init file. It is searched at the same places than
init files (see section <a href="#SEC13">Use initialization files for fine tuning</a>), and the default is <tt>`l2h.init'</tt>.
</p>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Using-init-files"></a>
<a name="SEC13"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC12" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning </h2>


<p>Initialization variables are read first from
<tt>`/usr/local/share/texi2html/Config'</tt> (the exact location being
changeable with the <a name="IDX67"></a>
<samp>`--pkgdatadir=dir'</samp> option of the
<code>configure</code> script, see <a href="#SEC4">Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a>),
<tt>`/usr/local/etc/texi2html/Config'</tt> (the exact location being
changeable with the <a name="IDX68"></a>
<samp>`--sysconfdir=dir'</samp> option of the
<code>configure</code> script, see <a href="#SEC4">Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a>), from <tt>`./Config'</tt>
then from <tt>`$HOME/.texi2html/Config'</tt>. Any command-line option 
can override the corresponding option set in init file, and the 
option <a name="IDX69"></a>
<samp>`--init-file'</samp> specifies an init file to be loaded, with 
later settings overriding earlier ones.
</p>
<p>The init files specified with <a name="IDX70"></a>
<samp>`--init-file'</samp> are searched
first in the current directory, then in the <tt>`$HOME/.texi2html/'</tt>
directory, in the <tt>`/usr/local/etc/texi2html/'</tt> directory and lastly 
in the <tt>`/usr/local/share/texi2html/'</tt> directory.
</p>
<p>A file is also included based on the language selected,
by <a name="IDX71"></a>
<code>$LANG</code>, <a name="IDX72"></a>
<samp>`--lang'</samp> or <code>@documentlanguage</code>.
If no language was selected <samp>`en'</samp> is considered to be
the language. All the files with name the language name in 
<tt>`/usr/local/share/texi2html/i18n/'</tt>, 
<tt>`/usr/local/etc/texi2html/i18n/'</tt>,
<tt>`$HOME/.texi2html/i18n/'</tt> and then <tt>`./i18n/'</tt> are included.
</p>
<p>The default initialization options are defined in the
<tt>`texi2html.init'</tt> file contained in the <code>texi2html</code>
distribution (which gets included near the beginning of the
<code>texi2html</code> script that gets installed).
</p>
<p>To customize <code>texi2html</code> it is best if you copy the
appropriate sections from the <tt>`texi2html.init'</tt>
contents into an appropriate local initialization file,
make the necessary changes there, and then have
<code>texi2html</code> read this initialization file by one of
the means described above.
</p>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Initialization-files"></a>
<a name="SEC14"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC13" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC15" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h1 class="chapter"> 5. Overview of initialization files content and loading </h1>

<p>The initialization files are <code>perl</code> files, read as explained 
in <a href="#SEC13">Use initialization files for fine tuning</a>. You don't need to know much of <code>perl</code>
to do some simple changes in variable values, however, to be able to 
really take advantage of all the features of the initialization file,
a good knowledge of <code>perl</code> is required.
</p>
<p>In initialization file two kind of variables appear. These are normal
variables (including arrays and hashes) and references on functions. 
The later permits the dynamic redefinition of functions used to produce
the <acronym>HTML</acronym> manual. You should be able to change the value of some  
normal variables without a deep knowledge of <code>perl</code>, by looking
at the existing examples. The possible mistakes in that case could be
omitted <samp>`;'</samp>, and bad quoting.
</p>
<p>Initialization file are loaded from the main program by
the mean of a <code>require</code>, while in the <code>Texi2HTML::Config</code>
namespace. This means that the namespace of the main program and
the namespace of inititalization files are distinct, which ensures
that no name clash should happen. The variables are declared with the
<code>our</code> specifier, such that it should be possible to use the 
<code>use strict</code> pragma in the initialization file code.
</p>
<p>To avoid messing with the variables in the <code>main</code> namespace
all the global variables which could be of use in the init files 
are in the <code>Texi2HTML</code> namespace. Notice that the functions 
of the main program are still in the <code>main</code> namespace.
</p>
<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC15">5.1 Redefining functions in initialization files</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">      Function redefinition is achieved with 
                              redefinition of references on functions.
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC16">5.2 Conventions used for function prototypes</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">       Conventions used in that manual for function 
                              reference prototypes display.
</td></tr>
</table>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Redefining-functions"></a>
<a name="SEC15"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC16" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 5.1 Redefining functions in initialization files </h2>

<p>To redefine a function you must replace the corresponding funtion
reference with a reference on your function. 
Thus you should write your function, give it a name you
are certain it is unique in the <code>Texi2HTML::Config</code> namespace,
and override the value of the function reference with your own 
function reference. When another function from the main program
(or from another functions of an initialization file) calls the reference,
your function will be used. 
</p>
<p>For example the function
reference corresponding with the function called when doing an
anchor is called <a name="IDX73"></a>
<code>$anchor</code>. Thus if you want to override the
corresponding function
you could write:
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example"># override the function reference
$anchor = \&amp;my_own_function;

# the function reference now refers to
sub my_own_function {
# process arguments and return an html anchor
}
</pre></td></tr></table>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Function-prototypes"></a>
<a name="SEC16"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC15" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 5.2 Conventions used for function prototypes </h2>

<p>As the functions are defined by a reference name, we will always
use the reference name in function prototypes. For the function arguments
we will use <code>\@array</code> for a reference on an array and similarly 
<code>\%hash</code> for a reference on a hash.
</p>
<p>Thus, the prototype for the function associated with the function
reference <samp>`$formatting_function'</samp> will be:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $text <b>formatting_function</b><i> $arg1 \@arg2</i>
<a name="IDX74"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><code>formatting_function</code> takes as first argument <var>$arg2</var>,
as second argument a reference on an array <var>\@arg2</var>
and returns the formatted text <var>$text</var>.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>To redefined the corresponding function, you should write:
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$formatting_function = \&amp;my_formatting_function

sub my_formatting_function($ $)
{
    my $arg1 = shift;
    my $arg2 = shift;
    # prepare $formatted_text
    .....
    return $formatted_text
}
</pre></td></tr></table>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Changing-the-page-layout"></a>
<a name="SEC17"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC16" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC18" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h1 class="chapter"> 6. Fine tuning of the page layout </h1>

<p>Some features of the page layout might be specified with command line
options, the corresponding variables are described in 
<a href="#SEC10">Page layout related command line options</a>.
Fine tuning of the page layout may be achieved
with redefinition of other variables and function references in the 
initialization files.
</p>
<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC18">6.1 The different categories of pages and sectioning elements</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">       The different categories of pages.
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC19">6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">           The elements of a page.
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC21">6.3 Customization of the navigation panels buttons</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">          How to change the navigation panel.
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC25">6.4 Main program variables and usefull functions</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">         The available main program variables and some 
                              usefull functions from the main program.
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC32">6.5 Preparing the output</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">     Setting variables before the document
                              production but after the texinfo parsing.
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC33">6.6 Finalizing the output</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">       Cleaning after document generation.
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">                       Customizing css lines.
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC36">6.9 Customizing the sections</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC38">6.11 Special pages formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">             Customizing table of contents, top, about page.
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC45">6.12 Customizing the file names</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC46">6.13 Generation of external files for index entries</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">      Putting index entries in external files.
</td></tr>
</table>

<hr size="6">
<a name="The-different-pages"></a>
<a name="SEC18"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC19" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 6.1 The different categories of pages and sectioning elements </h2>

<p>The following sectioning elements can be associated with pages:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <em>Normal elements</em></dt>
<dd><p>These are normal sections or nodes. Their association with pages is
determined by the splitting of the document. See section <a href="#SEC6">Specifying where to split the generated document</a>.
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>Top element</em></dt>
<dd><p>The top element is the higher element in the document structure.
If there is a <code>@top</code> section it is the element associated with
that section. Otherwise it is the element associated with the 
<code>@node Top</code>. If there is no <code>@node Top</code> the first element is the 
top element.
</p>
<p>The top element is formatted differently than a normal element if there
is a <code>@top</code> section or the <code>@node Top</code> isn't associated 
with a sectioning command.
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>Misc elements</em></dt>
<dd><p>These elements are associated with pages if the document is split.
There are four misc elements:
</p><ol>
<li> Table of contents
</li><li> Short table of contents, also called Overview
</li><li> Footnotes page
</li><li> About page
</li></ol>

<p>The <em>About page</em> shouldn't be present for documents consisting
in only one sectioning element. The <em>Footnote page</em> should only
be present if the footnotes appear on a separated page 
(see section <a href="#SEC10">Page layout related command line options</a>), however a footnote element is present if
the document isn't split. The <em>Table of contents</em> should only
be formatted if <code>@contents</code> is present in the document.
Similarly the <em>Overview</em> should only appear if <code>@shortcontents</code>
or <code>@summarycontents</code> is present.
</p></dd>
</dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="The-page-layout"></a>
<a name="SEC19"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC18" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview </h2>

<p>A page is broken up in three parts. A page header, the sections 
and a page footer. A common element in the page layout is a navigation
panel with icons or text linking to other sections or pages. Another
common element is a rule, separating sections or footer. The navigation
panel and the rules may be part of the sections or part of headers or
footers. You may use the variables <a name="IDX75"></a>
<code>$SMALL_RULE</code>, 
<a name="IDX76"></a>
<code>$DEFAULT_RULE</code>, <a name="IDX77"></a>
<code>$MIDDLE_RULE</code> and <a name="IDX78"></a>
<code>$BIG_RULE</code> 
for rules of different sizes.
The defaults are 
</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$SMALL_RULE = '&lt;hr size=&quot;1&quot;&gt;';
$DEFAULT_RULE = '&lt;hr&gt;';
$MIDDLE_RULE = '&lt;hr size=&quot;2&quot;&gt;';
$BIG_RULE = '&lt;hr size=&quot;6&quot;&gt;';
</pre></td></tr></table>

<p>In the header some important meta data may be defined, like the
title or style information, and textual informations may be present
in comments. All this doesn't appear directly in the displayed 
<acronym>HTML</acronym>, though.
</p>
<p>The page layout is mainly controlled by functions, the precise functions 
called depending on the document splitting. The navigation panel, however,
can be customized with variables.
</p>
<a name="SEC20"></a>
<h3 class="subheading"> Element labels </h3>
<p><a name="Element-labels"></a>
</p>
<p>There are 19 items associated with elements. Each of these
is associated with a name and a reference to the 
element they represent, when such an element exists. 
The element is either a global element or an element relative to the current
element. The relative elements are found with respect with the document
structure defined by the section structuring commands (<code>@chapter</code>, 
<code>@unnumbered</code>&hellip;) or by the nodes (in that case the node 
directions are specified on node line or in menu organization).
These items are called <em>element labels</em>. They may be associated with 
a button (see section <a href="#SEC23">Specifying the buttons formatting</a>), and used in the formatting functions 
(see section <a href="#SEC25">Main program variables and usefull functions</a>).
</p>
<p>Here is the list:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <em><samp>`&nbsp;'</samp></em></dt>
<dd><p>An empty button
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>Top</em></dt>
<dd><p>Top element. The associated name is <a name="IDX79"></a>
<code>$TOP_HEADING</code> if that variable is 
defined. This variable is not set by default.
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>Contents</em></dt>
<dd><p>Table of contents
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>About</em></dt>
<dd><p>About (help) page
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>Overview</em></dt>
<dd><p>Overview, short table of contents
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>First</em></dt>
<dd><p>First element in reading order
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>Last</em></dt>
<dd><p>Last element in reading order
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>Index</em></dt>
<dd><p>The first chapter with <code>@printindex</code>. The associated name 
is  <a name="IDX80"></a>
<code>$INDEX_CHAPTER</code>, if the variable is set. This variable is not set
by default.
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>This</em></dt>
<dd><p>The current element
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>Back</em></dt>
<dd><p>Preceding element in reading order
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>FastBack</em></dt>
<dd><p>Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter if the element is a chapter
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>Prev</em></dt>
<dd><p>Previous section on the same level 
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>NodePrev</em></dt>
<dd><p>Previous node
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>Forward</em> </dt>
<dd><p>Next element in reading order
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>FastForward</em></dt>
<dd><p>Next chapter
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>Next</em></dt>
<dd><p>Next section on the same level
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>NodeNext</em></dt>
<dd><p>Next node
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>Following</em></dt>
<dd><p>Next node in node reading order
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>Up</em></dt>
<dd><p>Up section
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>NodeUp</em></dt>
<dd><p>Up node
</p></dd>
</dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Navigation-panel"></a>
<a name="SEC21"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC19" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC22" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 6.3 Customization of the navigation panels buttons </h2>

<p>A lot of customization of the navigation panel may be achieved without
redefining functions, with variables redefinition. 
In case it isn't enough, it is also possible to redefine the function 
doing the navigation panel formatting.
</p>
<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC22">6.3.1 Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">      Variables controlling the navigation panel
                                   at a global level
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC24">6.3.3 Changing the navigation panel formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
</table>

<hr size="6">
<a name="General-purpose-variables"></a>
<a name="SEC22"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC23" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 6.3.1 Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level </h3>

<p>The global formatting of the navigation panels may be
changed with the following variables:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <code>$VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION</code>
<a name="IDX81"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>A vertical navigation panel will be used for the header navigation 
panel if this variable is true.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>$ICONS</code>
<a name="IDX82"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>Icons are used instead of
textual buttons if this variable is true.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>$SECTION_NAVIGATION</code>
<a name="IDX83"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>If this variable is false there is no section navigation, no navigation 
panels for the elements within the pages, only at 
the beginning and the end of the page (see section <a href="#SEC10">Page layout related command line options</a>).
</p></dd>
</dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Button-specifications"></a>
<a name="SEC23"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC22" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC24" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting </h3>

<p>Several arrays and hashes enable a precise control on the buttons and 
their display. 
The following arrays determine the buttons present in navigation panels:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <code>@SECTION_BUTTONS</code>
<a name="IDX84"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This array is used for the navigation panel buttons present at the begining
of sectioning elements. If split at node or section they are also used 
at the page footer, and in the case of section navigation at the page header.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>@SECTION_FOOTER_BUTTONS</code>
<a name="IDX85"></a>
</dt>
<dt> <code>@NODE_FOOTER_BUTTONS</code>
<a name="IDX86"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This array is used for the navigation panel buttons present at the footer
of pages when split at node or at section. 
</p>
<p>If <a name="IDX87"></a>
<code>$WORDS_IN_PAGE</code> is set and the output is split at nodes, these 
buttons are only present if there are more than <a name="IDX88"></a>
<code>$WORDS_IN_PAGE</code>
words in the sectioning element text. This counting is very rough and include
punctuation marks, html elements, numbers.  The default is to include the
buttons after 300 words.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>@CHAPTER_BUTTONS</code>
<a name="IDX89"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This array is used for the buttons appearing at the page footer if split at 
chapter, and at the page header if split at chapter and there is no section
navigation.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>@MISC_BUTTONS</code>
<a name="IDX90"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>These buttons appear at the beginning of special and sections  
and at the end of these section pages if the output is split.
</p></dd>
</dl>

<p>The array specify the buttons displayed in navigation panels, 
and how the button is displayed.
Each element is associated with
a button of the navigation panel from left to right.
The signification of the array element value is the following:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <em>reference on a function</em></dt>
<dd><p>The function is called with first argument a filehandle reference on the
current file and second argument a boolean true if the navigation 
panel should be vertical.
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>reference on a scalar</em></dt>
<dd><p>The scalar value is printed. For some possibly
usefull scalars, <a href="#SEC26">Accessing elements informations</a>.
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>reference on an array</em></dt>
<dd><p>In this case the first array element should be a reference on text and the 
second element an element label. In that case a link to the 
element associated with the element label with the scalar value
text is generated.
</p>
<p>For example if the buttons array element is
</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">[ 'Next', \$Texi2HTML::NODE{Next} ] 
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>The button will be a link to the next section with text 
<a name="IDX91"></a>
<code>$Texi2HTML::NODE{Next}</code>.
</p></dd>
<dt> <em>element label</em></dt>
<dd><p>If icons are not used, the button is a link to the corresponding
element which text is defined by the value associated with the 
element label in the <a name="IDX92"></a>
<code>%NAVIGATION_TEXT</code> hash, surrounded
by <samp>`['</samp> and <samp>`]'</samp>. If the element label is <samp>` '</samp>, there is
no <samp>`['</samp> and <samp>`]'</samp>. 
The element of the <code>%NAVIGATION_TEXT</code> hash are defined 
dynamically, in the <code>init_out</code> function reference
(see section <a href="#SEC32">Preparing the output</a>).
</p>
<p>If icons are used, the button is an image with file determined by
the value associated with the element label in the <a name="IDX93"></a>
<code>%ACTIVE_ICONS</code>
hash if the the link really leads to an element, or in the <a name="IDX94"></a>
<code>%PASSIVE_ICONS</code>
hash if there is no element to link to. Of course if there is a link to the 
element the icon links to that element.
</p></dd>
</dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Panel-formatting-function"></a>
<a name="SEC24"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC23" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC25" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 6.3.3 Changing the navigation panel formatting </h3>

<p>If you are not satisfied with this scheme, it is possible to
control exactly the formatting of navigation panels by redefining a function 
reference. The function controlling the display of navigation panel is 
associated with the following function reference:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_navigation</b><i> $filehandle \@buttons $vertical</i>
<a name="IDX95"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
<var>\@buttons</var> is an array reference which should hold the specification of 
the buttons for that navigation panel. <var>$vertical</var> is true if the 
navigation panel should be vertical.
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Program-variables"></a>
<a name="SEC25"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC24" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC26" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 6.4 Main program variables and usefull functions </h2>

<p>In the functions 
controlling the page layout some global variables set by the main
program are available, with value corresponding with the current
layout element.
</p>
<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC26">6.4.1 Accessing elements informations</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">             Accessing information related with the 
                                different elements   
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC27">6.4.2 Accessing global informations</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">         Accessing global informations, like date, 
                                title&hellip;
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC31">6.4.3 Function usefull in page formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">            main program usefull functions
</td></tr>
</table>


<hr size="6">
<a name="Elements-hashes"></a>
<a name="SEC26"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC25" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC27" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC25" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 6.4.1 Accessing elements informations </h3>

<p>Four hashes are available, with key the elements labels (as described
in <a href="#Element-labels">Element labels</a>) and values:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <code>%Texi2HTML::NAME</code>
<a name="IDX96"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>The formatted element name
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>%Texi2HTML::HREF</code>
<a name="IDX97"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>The element hypertext reference
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>%Texi2HTML::NODE</code>
<a name="IDX98"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>The element node name
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>%Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI</code>
<a name="IDX99"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>The element name after removal of texi commands
</p></dd>
</dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Global-informations"></a>
<a name="SEC27"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC26" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC31" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC25" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 6.4.2 Accessing global informations </h3>

<p>Three kinds of global informations are available, miscalleneous global
strings, flags set by <code>@set</code> and special flags and section lines.
</p>
<a name="SEC28"></a>
<h4 class="subsubheading"> Global strings </h4>
<p>The <a name="IDX100"></a>
<code>%Texi2HTML::THISDOC</code> hash holds some global informations:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <code>fulltitle</code></dt>
<dd><p>title set by <code>@title</code>. If there is no <code>@title</code> other 
possibilities are tried (<code>@settitle</code>, <code>@shorttitlepage</code>&hellip;).
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>title</code></dt>
<dd><p>title set by <code>@settitle</code>, or <code>fulltitle</code>.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>title_no_texi</code></dt>
<dd><p>title without texi formatting
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>title_texi</code></dt>
<dd><p>title with texi commands
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>author</code></dt>
<dd><p>Authors list set by <code>@author</code>.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>authors</code></dt>
<dd><p>A reference on an array containing each author set by <code>@author</code>.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>copying</code></dt>
<dd><p>Text appearing in <code>@copying</code> with all the texinfo commands removed,
put in comments.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>program</code></dt>
<dd><p>The name and version of <code>texi2html</code>.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>program_homepage</code></dt>
<dd><p>Homepage for <code>texi2html</code>.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>program_authors</code></dt>
<dd><p>Authors of <code>texi2html</code>.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>file_base_name</code></dt>
<dd><p>base name of the texinfo manual file.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>destination_directory</code></dt>
<dd><p>Destination directory for the resulting files.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>toc_file</code></dt>
<dd><p>The file name of the table of contents.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>today</code></dt>
<dd><p>The date.
</p></dd>
</dl>

<p>It also holds the arg of the following commands, associated with the command 
name: kbdinputstyle, paragraphindent, setchapternewpage, headings,
footnotestyle,
 exampleindent, firstparagraphindent, everyheading, everyfooting,
 evenheading, evenfooting, oddheading, oddfooting.
</p>

<a name="SEC29"></a>
<h4 class="subsubheading"> Flags </h4>
<p>Flags defined by <code>@set</code> may be accessed through the 
<a name="IDX101"></a>
<code>%main::value</code> hash. The key is the flag name, the value is the
flag value at the end of the document. 
</p>
<p>Special flags are set by the main program. They correspond with a texinfo
command, like <code>@setfilename</code>, or <code>@settitle</code>, 
<code>@author</code>&hellip; The corresponding flag is the command name with 
<samp>`_'</samp> appended, for example, <code>_titlefont</code> corresponds with 
<code>@titlefont</code>. Like other flags they are available in 
<a name="IDX102"></a>
<code>%main::value</code>.
</p>

<a name="SEC30"></a>
<h4 class="subsubheading"> Section lines </h4>

<p>The following array references or arrays holds formatted lines:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <code>$Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION</code>
<a name="IDX103"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>Lines of the current element.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>$Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER</code>
<a name="IDX104"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>Lines of the current element appearing before the element label (anchors).
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW</code>
<a name="IDX105"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>Lines of short table of contents. See section <a href="#SEC38">Special pages formatting</a>.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES</code>
<a name="IDX106"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>Lines of table of contents. See section <a href="#SEC38">Special pages formatting</a>.
</p></dd>
</dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Global-functions"></a>
<a name="SEC31"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC27" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC32" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC25" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 6.4.3 Function usefull in page formatting </h3>

<p>The usefull function is a function used to print an array of lines, which 
also counts the number of words in the array, if needed.
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function:</u> $words_number <b>main::print_lines</b><i> $filehandle \@lines_array</i>
<a name="IDX107"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
<var>\@lines_array</var> is the array line the function should write to the file.
If this argument is omitted, the function uses <a name="IDX108"></a>
<code>$Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION</code>.
<var>$words_number</var> is the number of words in the array, only defined if
split at nodes and <a name="IDX109"></a>
<code>$WORDS_IN_PAGE</code> is defined.
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Output-initialization"></a>
<a name="SEC32"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC31" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC33" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 6.5 Preparing the output </h2>

<p>After the texinfo file has been parsed, some information is available
which can be used to modify some variables and prepare the outputting.
For example the document language, the document encoding, 
values set with <code>@set</code> or <code>@setfilename</code> and other similar 
@-commands are not known before the texinfo parsing. 
</p>
<p>The following function reference may be redefined to be called after 
texinfo processing and before document generation:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $encoding <b>init_out</b>
<a name="IDX110"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function perform the initialization of variables and any other
task before document outputting. It returns the encoding used for the
output files.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>In the default case the <a name="IDX111"></a>
<code>$BODYTEXT</code> (see section <a href="#SEC35">Customizing the page header</a>) 
and the hashes <a name="IDX112"></a>
<code>%NAVIGATION_TEXT</code> (see section <a href="#SEC23">Specifying the buttons formatting</a>) and  
<a name="IDX113"></a>
<code>%BUTTONS_GOTO</code> (see section <a href="#SEC43">Formatting of about text</a>) are initialized.
</p>
<p>To perform the default initializations and also add more code, you could
do as in the following example (save the default function reference and call 
it in your own function) :
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">my $default_init_out = $init_out;
$init_out = \&amp;makeinfo_like_init_out;
sub makeinfo_like_init_out() 
{
   my $encoding = &amp;$default_init_out();
   $NAVIGATION_TEXT{'Following'} = ' &amp;gt; ';
   return $encoding;
}
</pre></td></tr></table>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Output-finalization"></a>
<a name="SEC33"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC32" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC34" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 6.6 Finalizing the output </h2>

<p>If you want to do some cleaning after the document was generated (close
files, write at the end of files and so on), the following function 
reference may be redefined:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>finish_out</b>
<a name="IDX114"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function is called after the document generation.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>The default is to do nothing.
</p>
<hr size="6">
<a name="css"></a>
<a name="SEC34"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC33" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC35" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines </h2>

<p>It is possible to modify the <code>texi2html</code> css lines by modifying
the entries or adding to the <a name="IDX115"></a>
<code>%css_map</code> hash. Each key is a css
selector, the corresponding value is a style string.
</p>
<p>The whole css text is in the variable <a name="IDX116"></a>
<code>$CSS_LINES</code>. If this 
variable is defined the variable value is used instead of being 
constructed using the <a name="IDX117"></a>
<code>%css_map</code> entries. For example if you don't
want any css entries, set
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$CSS_LINES = '';
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>It is also possible to change completely the way <a name="IDX118"></a>
<code>$CSS_LINES</code> are
generated by redefining the following function reference:
</p>

<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>css_lines</b><i> \@import_lines \@rule_lines</i>
<a name="IDX119"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function should be used to construct the <a name="IDX120"></a>
<code>$CSS_LINES</code>.
<var>\@import_lines</var> are the <code>@import</code> lines of the 
files specified with <a name="IDX121"></a>
<samp>`--include-css'</samp>, 
and <var>\@rule_lines</var> are the css commands lines of these files.
See section <a href="#SEC11">Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a>.
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Customizing-header"></a>
<a name="SEC35"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC34" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC36" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 6.8 Customizing the page header </h2>

<p>It is possible to add lines to the text within the <code>&lt;head&gt;</code> 
<acronym>HTML</acronym> elements, by defining the variable <a name="IDX122"></a>
<code>$EXTRA_HEAD</code>.
Similarly it is possible to add text just after the <code>&lt;body&gt;</code> 
element with the variable <a name="IDX123"></a>
<code>$AFTER_BODY_OPEN</code>.
These variables are empty by default.
</p>
<p>The encoding of the texinfo file is defined by <a name="IDX124"></a>
<code>$DOCUMENT_ENCODING</code> 
if no <code>@documentencoding</code> appears in the document. 
The default is a <samp>`en-ascii'</samp> encoding.
The encoding of the resulting document is defined by
<a name="IDX125"></a>
<code>$ENCODING</code>. The default is the <code>$DOCUMENT_ENCODING</code>.
</p>
<p>The description of the document may be specified in 
<a name="IDX126"></a>
<code>$DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION</code>. If this variable is undef, the text 
associated with <code>@documentdescription</code> is used, and if there isn't 
such test a default description is constructed using the document title and 
the name of the first section of the file. 
</p>
<p>The <code>&lt;body&gt;</code> element attributes may be set by defining the
variable <a name="IDX127"></a>
<code>$BODYTEXT</code>. If you want to define that variable
dynamically, you should use the <code>init_out</code> function reference
(see section <a href="#SEC32">Preparing the output</a>).
</p>
<p>The default functions call the function associated with 
<a name="IDX128"></a>
<code>$print_head_navigation</code> to format the navigation panel for the 
page header. Thus you can control parts of the formatting by
redefining the function reference.
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_head_navigation</b><i> $filehandle \@buttons</i>
<a name="IDX129"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
<var>\@buttons</var> is an array reference which should hold the specification of 
the buttons for the navigation panel. 
</p></dd></dl>

<p>If you want even more control, you can have full control over the page header 
formatting by redefining three function references. The function associated
with <a name="IDX130"></a>
<code>$print_page_head</code> is called for all the pages, and after that,
the function associated with <a name="IDX131"></a>
<code>$print_chapter_header</code> is called
if the document is split at chapters, or the function associated with
<a name="IDX132"></a>
<code>$print_section_header</code> is called if the document is split at sections.
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_page_head</b><i> $filehandle</i>
<a name="IDX133"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
This function should print the page head, including the <code>&lt;body&gt;</code>
element.
</p></dd></dl>

<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_chapter_header</b><i> $filehandle</i>
<a name="IDX134"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
This function is called if the document is split at chapters, after 
<code>print_page_head</code>.
</p></dd></dl>

<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_section_header</b><i> $filehandle</i>
<a name="IDX135"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
This function is called if the document is split at sections, after 
<code>print_page_head</code>.
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Customizing-section"></a>
<a name="SEC36"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC35" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC37" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 6.9 Customizing the sections </h2>

<p>The functions associated with the following function references are used for 
the formatting of sections:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_section</b><i> $filehandle $first_in_page $previous_is_top</i>
<a name="IDX136"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
<var>$first_in_page</var> is true if this section is the first section in the page.
<var>$previous_is_top</var> is true if this section is the section following the 
Top section.
This function should print the current section.
</p></dd></dl>

<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>end_section</b><i> $filehandle $last_element_or_before_top</i>
<a name="IDX137"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
<var>$last_element_or_before_top</var> is true if this section precedes the top 
element or is the last one in page, or before the special elements.
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Customizing-footer"></a>
<a name="SEC37"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC36" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC38" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 6.10 Customizing the page footer </h2>

<p>It is possible to add text just before the <code>&lt;/body&gt;</code> 
element with the variable <a name="IDX138"></a>
<code>$PRE_BODY_CLOSE</code>. Nothing is added
by default.
</p>

<p>The default functions call the function associated with 
<a name="IDX139"></a>
<code>$print_foot_navigation</code> to format the navigation panel for the 
page footer. Thus you can control parts of the formatting by
redefining the function reference.
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_foot_navigation</b><i> $filehandle \@buttons</i>
<a name="IDX140"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
<var>\@buttons</var> is an array reference which should hold the specification of 
the buttons for the navigation panel. 
</p></dd></dl>

<p>If you want even more control, you can have full control the page footer 
formatting by redefining three function references.
The function associated with <a name="IDX141"></a>
<code>$print_chapter_footer</code> is called
if the document is split at chapters, or the function associated with
<a name="IDX142"></a>
<code>$print_section_footer</code> is called if the document is split at sections.
 After that the function associated
with <a name="IDX143"></a>
<code>$print_page_foot</code> is called.
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_page_foot</b><i> $filehandle</i>
<a name="IDX144"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
This function should print the page foot, including the <code>&lt;/body&gt;</code>
element.
</p></dd></dl>

<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_chapter_footer</b><i> $filehandle</i>
<a name="IDX145"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
This function is called if the document is split at chapters, before 
<code>print_page_foot</code>.
</p></dd></dl>

<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_section_footer</b><i> $filehandle</i>
<a name="IDX146"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
This function is called if the document is split at sections, before
<code>print_page_foot</code>.
</p></dd></dl>


<hr size="6">
<a name="Special-pages"></a>
<a name="SEC38"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC37" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC39" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 6.11 Special pages formatting </h2>

<p>For the special elements, two things must be formatted: the content
and the page layout
</p>
<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC39">6.11.1 Customizing the content of the special pages</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
</table>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Special-pages-content"></a>
<a name="SEC39"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC38" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC40" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC38" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 6.11.1 Customizing the content of the special pages </h3>

<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC40">6.11.1.1 Top element text formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC42">6.11.1.3 Formatting of footnotes text</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC43">6.11.1.4 Formatting of about text</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
</table>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Top-element-text"></a>
<a name="SEC40"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC39" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC41" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC39" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h4 class="subsubsection"> 6.11.1.1 Top element text formatting </h4>
<p>The top element formatting is controlled by three function which also
controls the layout of the top element page or section. The associated
function references are:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_Top_header</b><i> $filehandle $begin_page</i>
<a name="IDX147"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
<var>$begin_page</var> is true if the element is the first in a page.
This function should begin the Top element. At the time this function is called
the top element text hasn't been parsed.
</p></dd></dl>

<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_Top</b><i> $filehandle $has_top_heading</i>
<a name="IDX148"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
<var>$has_top_heading</var> is true if there is a <code>@heading</code> command or
<code>@titlefont</code> command appearing in the Top element text.
This function should be used to format the Top element text and navigation
panel.
</p></dd></dl>

<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_Top_footer</b><i> $filehandle $end_page</i>
<a name="IDX149"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
<var>$end_page</var> is true if the element is the last in a page.
This function should end the Top element. 
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Contents-and-Overview-text"></a>
<a name="SEC41"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC40" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC42" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC39" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h4 class="subsubsection"> 6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents </h4>
<p>Several variables may be used to control the formatting of table of contents 
and short table of contents:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <code>$DO_CONTENTS</code>
<a name="IDX150"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>If the variable is true a table of contents is done even if there is no
<code>@contents</code> command.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>$DO_SCONTENTS</code>
<a name="IDX151"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>If the variable is true a short table of contents is done even if there is no
<code>@summarycontents</code> command.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>$BEFORE_OVERVIEW</code>
<a name="IDX152"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>The variable value is inserted before the short table of contents text.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>$AFTER_OVERVIEW</code>
<a name="IDX153"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>The variable value is inserted after the short table of contents text.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>$BEFORE_TOC_LINES</code>
<a name="IDX154"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>The variable value is inserted before the table of contents text.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>$AFTER_TOC_LINES</code>
<a name="IDX155"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>The variable value is inserted after the table of contents text.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>$TOC_LIST_STYLE</code>
<a name="IDX156"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This should contain a css style used for the list style if the tables of
content are formatted with a list.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>$TOC_LIST_ATTRIBUTE</code>
<a name="IDX157"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This should contain an attribute text used for the list element if the tables of
content are formatted with a list.
</p></dd>
</dl>

<p>More control on the table of contents and short table of contents formatting
may be achieved by redefining a function with the following associated 
function reference:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>toc_body</b><i> \@elements </i>
<a name="IDX158"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>\@elements</var> is an array reference contining informations about
all the elements of the document. Each of the entry of this array is an hash
reference which entries correspond with different informations
about the element. Interesting keys have the following meaning:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <code>top</code></dt>
<dd><p>true if the element is the top element,
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>index_page</code></dt>
<dd><p>true if the element is an index page added because of index splitting,
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>toc_level</code></dt>
<dd><p>level of the element in the table of content. Highest level
is 1 for the top element and for chapters, appendix and so on,
2 for section, unnumberedsec and so on...
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>tocid</code></dt>
<dd><p>label used for reference linking to the element in table of
contents,
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>file</code> </dt>
<dd><p>the file containing the element, usefull to do href to that file
in case the document is split,
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>text</code></dt>
<dd><p>text of the element, with section number,
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>name</code></dt>
<dd><p>text of the element, without section number.
</p></dd>
</dl>

<p>This function doesn't return anything but should fill the array corresponding
with the 
<a name="IDX159"></a>
<code>$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES</code> and
<a name="IDX160"></a>
<code>$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW</code> references with the table of contents and short 
table of contents.
</p>
</dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Footnotes-text"></a>
<a name="SEC42"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC41" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC43" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC39" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h4 class="subsubsection"> 6.11.1.3 Formatting of footnotes text </h4>

<p>The footnotes text is allready formatting when <code>@footnote</code> commands
are expanded. See section <a href="#SEC82">Customizing the footnotes formatting</a>.
</p>
<hr size="6">
<a name="About-text"></a>
<a name="SEC43"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC42" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC44" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC39" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h4 class="subsubsection"> 6.11.1.4 Formatting of about text </h4>

<p>The default about element contains an explaination of the buttons used
in the document (<code>@SECTION_BUTTONS</code>, <a href="#SEC23">Specifying the buttons formatting</a>) and 
an example locating the buttons targets in an example.
The formatting of this text may be influenced by the following 
hashes and variables:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <code>$PRE_ABOUT</code> </dt>
<dt> <code>$AFTER_ABOUT</code></dt>
<dd><p>This variable may be a scalar or a function reference. 
If it is a scalar, the value is used.
If this is a function reference it is expanded and the returned text is
used. The text is added before or after the main about text.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>%BUTTONS_GOTO</code></dt>
<dd>
<p>The keys of this hash are element labels (see <a href="#Element-labels">Element labels</a>). The value
is the text associated with the element label in the about text.
The element of the hash are defined 
dynamically, you should in the <code>init_out</code> function reference
(see section <a href="#SEC32">Preparing the output</a>).
</p>

</dd>
<dt> <code>%BUTTONS_EXAMPLE</code></dt>
<dd>
<p>The keys of this hash are  element labels (see <a href="#Element-labels">Element labels</a>). The value
is the text associated with the element label in the about example, 
typically a section number.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>

<p>If this is not enough and you want to control exactly the formatting of
the about text, you can redefine the function associated with the following 
function reference:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $about_text <b>print_about</b>
<a name="IDX161"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function should return the about text.
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Special-pages-layout"></a>
<a name="SEC44"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC43" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC45" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC38" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages </h3>

<p>The formatting of each of the special pages, or section in case 
the document is not split, is controlled by a function.
The associated function reference is called accordingly:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <code>print_Top</code>
<a name="IDX162"></a>
</dt>
<dt> <code>print_Top_header</code>
<a name="IDX163"></a>
</dt>
<dt> <code>print_Top_footer</code>
<a name="IDX164"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>Formatting of top element page or section. It is also used for the formatting
of the top element text (see section <a href="#SEC40">Top element text formatting</a>).
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>print_Toc</code>
<a name="IDX165"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>Formatting of table of contents page or section
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>print_Overview</code>
<a name="IDX166"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>Formatting of short table of contents page or section
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>print_About</code>
<a name="IDX167"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>Formatting of about (help) page or section
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>print_Footnotes</code>
<a name="IDX168"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>Formatting of footnotes section or page in case footnotes are on a 
separated page or the document isn't split.
</p></dd>
</dl>

<p>In the default case, <a name="IDX169"></a>
<code>$print_Top</code> calls <a name="IDX170"></a>
<code>$print_Top_header</code> for
the header and <a name="IDX171"></a>
<code>$print_Top_footer</code> for the footer of top element.
All the other function call <a name="IDX172"></a>
<code>$print_misc</code> which in turn calls
<a name="IDX173"></a>
<code>$print_misc_header</code> for the headers and  <a name="IDX174"></a>
<code>$print_misc_footer</code> 
for the footers.
</p>
<hr size="6">
<a name="File-names"></a>
<a name="SEC45"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC44" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC46" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 6.12 Customizing the file names </h2>

<p>It is possible to specify the file names with more control than with the
command line options (see section <a href="#SEC7">Setting output file and directory names</a>). 
First the extension may be overrided by the variable <a name="IDX175"></a>
<code>$EXTENSION</code>
value.
Two function references enable 
further customization. One is usefull in case <a name="IDX176"></a>
<code>$NODE_FILES</code> is true
and it is used to customize the node file name itself and is also used 
to produce a file name with a redirection leading to the node file.
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> ($node_file $redirection_node_file) <b>node_file_name</b><i> $node</i>
<a name="IDX177"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$node</var> is a hash reference with the following interesting keys (there
are much more keys):
</p><dl compact="compact">
<dt> <code>texi</code></dt>
<dd><p>The texinfo node name.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>with_section</code></dt>
<dd><p>True if associated with a section.
</p></dd>
</dl>
<p>The result is the node file name <var>$node_file</var>, and the file containing
a redirection to the node <var>$redirection_node_file</var>.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>The other is usefull if <code>$NODE_FILES</code> isn't true. It is used to 
customize the file associated with each element.
</p><dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $file <b>element_file_name</b><i> $element $is_top $docu_name</i>
<a name="IDX178"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$element</var> is a hash reference with the following interesting keys (there
are much more keys):
</p><dl compact="compact">
<dt> <code>texi</code></dt>
<dd><p>The texinfo element name.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>number</code></dt>
<dd><p>The number associated with a section.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>doc_nr</code></dt>
<dd><p>A number incremented whenever a new file should begin, based on how the 
document is split (see section <a href="#SEC6">Specifying where to split the generated document</a>).
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>text</code></dt>
<dd><p>The element text.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>name</code></dt>
<dd><p>The element text without section number.
</p></dd>
</dl>
<p><var>$is_top</var> is true if the element is considered as the top element.
<var>$docu_name</var> is the basename of the texinfo manual.
The result is the element file name.
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="External-index-files"></a>
<a name="SEC46"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC45" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 6.13 Generation of external files for index entries </h2>

<p>Within the document, <code>@printindex</code> commands are expanded as explained
in <a href="#SEC78">Customizing the formatting of index lists</a>. In case you want to do something special with index 
entries, outside of the document, you should first set the variable
<a name="IDX179"></a>
<code>$IDX_SUMMARY</code> true. After that some function reference will be called
for each non empty index. For each index there are 3 function 
references, one called for initialization, one called for each index entry
and the last one called for finalazation.
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>index_summary_file_begin</b><i> $index_name $is_printed</i>
<a name="IDX180"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$index_name</var> is the two letters name for the index. 
This function
is called for each index 
appearing in the document, before 
<code>index_summary_file_entry</code>.
<var>$is_printed</var> is true if there is a <code>@printindex</code> for that index.
</p></dd></dl>

<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>index_summary_file_entry</b><i> $index_name $entry_text $entry_reference $formatted_entry $texi_entry $entry_element_reference  $entry_element_header $is_printed</i>
<a name="IDX181"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function is called for each entry of an index. <var>index_name</var> is the
name of the index. <var>$entry_text</var> is the entry in plain text,
<var>$formatted_entry</var> is the index entry formatted, <var>$texi_entry</var> is the
entry with texinfo commands. <var>$entry_reference</var> is the reference placed 
at the index entry place, in the form <samp>`file#id'</samp>.
<var>$entry_element_header</var> is the formatted header of the element containing 
the index entry. <var>entry_element_header</var> is the reference to the
beginning of the element containing the index entry, in the form
<samp>`file#id'</samp>. 
<var>$is_printed</var> is true if there is a <code>@printindex</code> for that index.
</p></dd></dl>

<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>index_summary_file_end</b><i> $index_name $is_printed</i>
<a name="IDX182"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$index_name</var> is the two letters name for the index. This function
is called for each index appearing in the document, after
<code>index_summary_file_entry</code>.
<var>$is_printed</var> is true if there is a <code>@printindex</code> for that index.
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Customizing-HTML"></a>
<a name="SEC47"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC46" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC48" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h1 class="chapter"> 7. Customizing <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style in init files </h1>

<p>Some simple customization may be achieved with the redefinition of the 
variables 
associated with the command line options. For the description and an 
explanation of the meaning of these variables, <a href="#SEC11">Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a>.
</p>
<p>Other variables and hash entries can be modified in initialization file
to achieve more customization.
Lastly, functions references corresponding with functions called from 
the main program and initialization files may 
be redefined.
</p>
<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC48">7.1 Three contexts for expansions: preformatted, normal and string</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">               there are three different contexts for command
                                 expansion: normal text, preformatted text and
                                 strings.
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> 
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC50">7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">    
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC54">7.4 Formatting of special simple commands</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">    Formatting of <code>@anchor</code>, <code>@image</code>, <code>@sp</code>, <code>@acronym</code>, <code>@abbr</code>
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC55">7.5 Processing special characters in text</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">                         Some characters are processed specially
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC56">7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">                      <code>texi2html</code> write some strings in the output
                                 different for each languages
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC57">7.7 References</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">           <code>@center</code>, <code>@flushleft</code>&hellip;
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC61">7.9 Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC64">7.10 Formatting of complex formats (<code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;)</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">              <code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC65">7.11 Customizing the formatting of lists and tables</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC68">7.12 Definition commands formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC71">7.13 Customizing headings formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC72">7.14 Formatting of special regions (<code>@verbatim</code>, <code>@cartouche</code>, <code>@quotation</code>)</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">              <code>@verbatim</code>, <code>@cartouche</code>, <code>@quotation</code>
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC73">7.15 Menu formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">                    
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC76">7.16 Indices formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC79">7.17 Floats and lists of floats</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">   <code>@float</code> and <code>@listoffloats</code>
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC82">7.18 Customizing the footnotes formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">   You can handle specifically other commands
</td></tr>
<tr><th colspan="3" align="left" valign="top"><pre class="menu-comment">
</pre></th></tr></table>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Three-contexts"></a>
<a name="SEC48"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC49" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 7.1 Three contexts for expansions: preformatted, normal and string </h2>

<p>There are three contexts of interest, one is the normal context, the other
is a special context, called the <em>preformatted</em> context and the last is
the string context. The preformatted
context occurs when the spacing between words is kept. This is the
case, for example, in <code>@display</code> or <code>@example</code> regions, and in 
menu comments (see section <a href="#SEC73">Menu formatting</a>). The preformatted regions are usually
rendered in <code>&lt;pre&gt;</code> elements in <acronym>HTML</acronym>.
The string context occurs when rendering strings without formatting elements,
in comments or titles for example.
</p>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Commands-without-argument"></a>
<a name="SEC49"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC48" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC50" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument </h2>

<p>This includes the commands whose name is a nonletter character like <code>@@</code>, 
the commands with lettered characters and braces
but whose braces should be empty, like <code>@TeX{}</code>, or some commands
associated with accentted letters like <code>@AA{}</code>. If there happens to
be something within the braces, it is put after the command, thus
</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@TeX{something}
</pre></td></tr></table><p>leads to the same than
</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@TeX{} something
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>Each of these categories of commands have three associated hashes, one 
for normal
context, the other for preformatted context and the last in strings. The 
keys of the hashes are the 
command names, the associated value is the text replacing the command.
</p>
<p>The hashes are:
</p><table>
<tr><td><p> command type </p></td><td><p> normal text </p></td><td><p> preformatted text </p></td><td><p> string
</p></td></tr>
<tr><td><p> one nonlettered character </p></td><td> <a name="IDX183"></a>
<p><code>%simple_map</code> </p></td><td> <a name="IDX184"></a>
<p><code>%simple_map_pre</code> </p></td><td> <a name="IDX185"></a>
<p><code>%simple_map_texi</code>
</p></td></tr>
<tr><td><p> nothing in braces </p></td><td> <a name="IDX186"></a>
<p><code>%things_map</code> </p></td><td> <a name="IDX187"></a>
<p><code>%pre_map</code> </p></td><td> <a name="IDX188"></a>
<p><code>%texi_map</code>
</p></td></tr>
</table>

<p>To change the <acronym>HTML</acronym> resulting from these constructs, just change the
value. For example, if you want <code>&amp;shy;</code> to be outputted for <code>@-</code>
in normal and preformatted context, write in your init file:
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$simple_map{'-'} = '&amp;shy;';
$simple_map_pre{'-'} = '&amp;shy;';
</pre></td></tr></table>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Style-and-accent-commands"></a>
<a name="SEC50"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC49" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC51" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands </h2>

<p>The formatting of the <acronym>HTML</acronym> produced by style and indicatric 
commands (<code>@tt</code>, <code>@code</code>, 
<code>@email</code>, <code>@titlefont</code>), the accentuation related
commands taking argument (<code>@'</code>, <code>@udotaccent</code>, <code>@dotless</code>)
and miscalleneous commands (<code>@email</code>, <code>@verb</code>, <code>@w</code>, 
<code>@uref</code>, <code>@math</code>, <code>@asis</code>) is controlled by two hash in the
default case, 
<a name="IDX189"></a>
<code>%style_map</code> for normal context, <a name="IDX190"></a>
<code>%style_map_pre</code> for
preformatted context and <a name="IDX191"></a>
<code>%style_map_texi</code> in string context. 
</p>
<p>The key of the hashes are the command names. There are two possibilities for
the values corresponding with two interfaces. The values may be strings or 
hash references, and you can chose the interface depending on the one you 
prefer. The interface with hash reference is a bit more flexible but might also
be regarded as more complex. If you don't like either of these interfaces you
can define your own.
</p>
<p>Some remarks are in order:
</p>
<ul class="toc">
<li> 
The nonlettered accent commands which following character is considered
to be the argument (like in <code>@`a</code>) should be keys of the
hash <a name="IDX192"></a>
<code>%accent_map</code> hash, even if no value is associated.
</li><li>
<code>@math</code> is handled differently if LaTeX2HTML is used.
</li></ul>

<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC51">7.3.1 An interface for commands formatting with a hash reference</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC52">7.3.2 An interface for commands formatting with a string</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC53">7.3.3 Defining the style and indicatric commands interface</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
</table>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Hash-reference-interface"></a>
<a name="SEC51"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC50" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC52" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC50" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 7.3.1 An interface for commands formatting with a hash reference </h3>

<p>The key of the hashes are the command names. The value determine how the command argument
is formatted. This value is a reference on a hash. In this hash each key 
corresponds with a type of information for the formatting, and the value is 
the corresponding information. For example, in 
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$style_map{'command'} = { 'args' =&gt; ['code'], 'attribute' =&gt; 'code'};
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>the arguments for <code>@command</code> are interpreted as specified by 
the values associated with the <samp>`args'</samp> key while the attribute associated 
with that command is <samp>`code'</samp>.
</p>
<p>The following keys in the hashes associated with each command have the
following meaning:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <samp>`args'</samp></dt>
<dd><p><a name="Reference-hash-args"></a>
The value associated is a reference on an array. Each element of the array
defines how the arguments (separated by <samp>`,'</samp> in the texinfo code) for 
the @-command should be 
formatted. The possibilities are 
</p><dl compact="compact">
<dt> <code>normal</code></dt>
<dd><p>for normal text,
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>code</code></dt>
<dd><p>for text with <samp>`---'</samp>, <samp>`--'</samp>, <samp>`'''</samp> and  <samp>```'</samp> kept as is,
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>keep</code></dt>
<dd><p>if the texinfo should be kept as is, without interpretation of the @-commands.
</p></dd>
</dl>

<p>For example, we have
</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$style_map{'email'}-&gt;{'args'} = ['code', 'normal'];
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>because <samp>`---'</samp>, <samp>`--'</samp>, <samp>`'''</samp> and  <samp>```'</samp> should be kept as is in
the first argument of <code>@email</code>.
</p>
<p>The default is <samp>`['normal']'</samp>.
</p>
</dd>
<dt> <samp>`attribute'</samp></dt>
<dd>
<p>If the associated value is a word, it is considered to be an <acronym>HTML</acronym> 
element name, and the argument is enclosed between the element opening
and the element closing. For example, if the value is <code>elem</code>, the
resulting <acronym>HTML</acronym> is <code>&lt;elem&gt;<var>arg</var>&lt;/elem&gt;</code>.
</p>
<p>If the text is a word followed by some text,
the word and is interpreted as above, and the
text is considered to be the attributes text of the element. 
Thus <code>elem class=&quot;elem&quot;</code> leads to 
<code>&lt;elem class=&quot;elem&quot;&gt;<var>arg</var>&lt;/elem&gt;</code>.
</p>
<p>This works only if there is only one argument.
</p>
</dd>
<dt> <samp>`begin'</samp></dt>
<dd>
<p>The associated value is added in front of the text.
</p>
</dd>
<dt> <samp>`begin'</samp></dt>
<dd>
<p>The associated value is added after the text. 
</p>
</dd>
<dt> <samp>`quotes'</samp></dt>
<dd>
<p>If the corresponding value is true, the result is 
enclosed in quotes <a name="IDX193"></a>
<code>$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code> and 
<a name="IDX194"></a>
<code>$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code>, with defaults 
<samp>``'</samp> and <samp>`''</samp>. 
</p>
</dd>
<dt> <samp>`function'</samp> </dt>
<dd>
<p>The corresponding value should be a function reference. The corresponding
function is called with the following arguments:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <code>$command</code></dt>
<dd><p>The @-command name
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>$args</code></dt>
<dd><p>A reference on an array containing the arguments of the @-command.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>$style_stack</code></dt>
<dd><p>A reference on an array containing the name of the @-commands containing 
the @-command being formatted.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>$state</code></dt>
<dd><p>A reference on a hash containing a lot of informations about the context
of the @-command.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>$line_nr</code></dt>
<dd><p>An opaque structure containing the information about the line number of the 
@-command. It can be used to call <code>main::echo_error</code> or
<code>main::echo_warning</code> with first argument a message, and second argument 
<code>$line_nr</code>. 
</p></dd>
</dl>
</dd>
</dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="String-interface"></a>
<a name="SEC52"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC51" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC53" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC50" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 7.3.2 An interface for commands formatting with a string </h3>

<p>The keys of the hashes are the command names. The value determine 
how the command argument
is formatted. If the value begins with <samp>`&quot;'</samp>, the result is 
enclosed in quotes <a name="IDX195"></a>
<code>$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code> and 
<a name="IDX196"></a>
<code>$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code>, with defaults 
<samp>``'</samp> and <samp>`''</samp>. 
</p>
<p>The command argument is allready formatted as <acronym>HTML</acronym>.
The remaining of the value text
(or the value text if there were no <samp>`&quot;'</samp>) is interpreted as follow:
</p>
<ul>
<li>
If the text is empty the argument of the command is left as is. 
</li><li>
If the text is a <samp>`&amp;'</samp> followed by a name,
like <samp>`&amp;function'</samp>, the name is considered to be a function name, 
and this function is called to format the argument of the command. The
first argument of the function is the command name, the second is 
the command argument. For example, if the value associated with the
(fictituous) command <code>@foo</code> is <code>&amp;my_func</code>
and we have:

<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">sub my_func
{
    my @args = split /,\s*/ $_[1];
    return &quot;$_[0]: $args[0]&quot; if ($args[1] = 1);
    return &quot;$args[0]&quot;;
}
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>The result of 
</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@foo{truc, 1}
@foo{truc, bidule}
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>will be
</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">foo: truc
truc
</pre></td></tr></table></li><li>
If the text is a word, it is considered to be an <acronym>HTML</acronym> element
name, and the argument is enclosed between the element opening
and the element closing. For example, if the value is <code>elem</code>, the
resulting <acronym>HTML</acronym> is <code>&lt;elem&gt;<var>arg</var>&lt;/elem&gt;</code>.
Similarly <code>&quot;quoted</code> leads to
<code>`&lt;quoted&gt;<var>arg</var>&lt;/quoted&gt;'</code>.
</li><li>
If the text is a word followed by some text, 
the word and is interpreted as above, and the
text is considered to be the attributes text of the element. 
Thus <code>elem class=&quot;elem&quot;</code> leads to 
<code>&lt;elem class=&quot;elem&quot;&gt;<var>arg</var>&lt;/elem&gt;</code>.
</li></ul>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Define-your-own-interface"></a>
<a name="SEC53"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC52" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC54" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC50" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 7.3.3 Defining the style and indicatric commands interface </h3>

<p>If you don't like this scheme, it is possible to change how those commands
are processed by redefining the following function reference:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $resulting_text <b>style</b><i> $style $command $text $args $no_close $no_open $line_nr $state $style_stack</i>
<a name="IDX197"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the @-command, <var>$style</var> is the value associated with 
the <var>$command</var> in the <code>%style_map</code>, <code>%style_map_pre</code> 
or <code>%style_map_texi</code> hashes.
The <var>$text</var> is the text appearing within the @-command braces.
<var>args</var> is a reference on an array contening the command arguments 
formatted according to the same conventions than with the reference hash style
(provided the value associated with the @-command is a hash reference with a
<var>$arg</var> key as described in <a href="#Reference-hash-args">Reference hash args</a>).
If <var>$text</var> is split in paragraphs each paragraph is passed through
the function, and <var>$no_close</var> is true if it is not the last paragraph,
while <var>$no_open</var> is true if it is not the first paragraph.
<var>$line_nr</var>
is an opaque structure containing the information about the line number of the 
@-command. It can be used to call <code>main::echo_error</code> or
<code>main::echo_warning</code> with first argument a message, and second argument 
<code>$line_nr</code>.
<var>$state</var>
is a reference on a hash containing a lot of informations about the context
of the @-command.
<var>$style_stack</var>
is a reference on an array containing the name of the @-commands containing 
the @-command being formatted.
</p>
</dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Anchors-images-and-spaces"></a>
<a name="SEC54"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC53" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC55" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 7.4 Formatting of special simple commands </h2>

<p>The formatting of special simple commands is controlled by functions. To
customize the output, the corresponding function references should be
redefined. All these functions return a formatted text.
</p>
<p>The formatting of anchors is controlled by <a name="IDX198"></a>
<code>$anchor</code>, but the function
associated with the function reference does more, it is usefull
to produce a reference target or link.
</p><dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $anchor <b>anchor</b><i> $identifier $href $text $attributes</i>
<a name="IDX199"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>If <var>$identifier</var> is not empty, this value should be used to create
a target for links (typically associated with a name or id 
attribute in <acronym>HTML</acronym>).
The <var>$href</var> argument specifies a hpertextual reference which should be
used to link to a target.
In case both <var>$identifier</var> and  <var>$href</var> are given the text produced
should be both a target for <var>$identifier</var> and a link to <var>$href</var>.
<var>$text</var> is the text to be displayed. 
<var>$attributes</var> are additional attributes.
It should be reasonable to assume that the attributes are for a <code>&lt;a&gt;</code>
<acronym>HTML</acronym> element. 
</p></dd></dl>

<p>The formatting of <code>@image</code> is controlled by:
</p><dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $image <b>image</b><i> $file_path $basename $preformatted $file_name</i>
<a name="IDX200"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$file_path</var> is the image file name with the path, <var>$basename</var> is the 
alternate text or the file name without extension if no alternate text is 
given. <var>$preformatted</var> is true if the image 
appears in preformatted text. <var>$file_name</var> is the file name without path 
but with extension.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>The formatting of <code>@sp</code> is controlled by:
</p><dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $sp <b>sp</b><i> $number $preformatted</i>
<a name="IDX201"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$number</var> is the numeric argument of <code>@sp</code>.
<var>$preformatted</var> is true if the <code>@sp</code> appears in preformatted text.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>The formatting of <code>@acronym</code> and <code>@abbr</code> is controlled by:
</p><dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $acronym <b>acronym_like</b><i> $acronym_texi $acronym_text $with_explanation \@explanation_lines $explanation_text $explanation_simply_formatted</i>
<a name="IDX202"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$acronym_texi</var> is the acronym argument with texinfo @-commands, 
<var>$acronym_text</var> is formatted. 
</p>
<p>The other arguments are related with
the explanation, the second arg of the acronym. <var>$with_explanation</var> is 
true if the second argument of the acronym command is present. If an
explanation exists, coming from previous <code>@acronym</code> or as an arg of this
command, the other args are defined: <var>\@explanation_lines</var> is a 
reference on an array containing the unformatted explanation lines, 
<var>$explanation_text</var> is the explanation text formatted,
<var>$explanation_simply_formatted</var> is the explanation with a light formatting,
unabling in <acronym>HTML</acronym> (or <acronym>XML</acronym>) the explanation to be in an 
attribute.
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Text"></a>
<a name="SEC55"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC54" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC56" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 7.5 Processing special characters in text </h2>

<p>Some characters are processed especially in text: <samp>`---'</samp>, <samp>`--'</samp>,
<samp>```'</samp> and <samp>`'''</samp>. This is done only if in normal text and not in 
some commands (<code>@code</code>, <code>@env</code>&hellip;). A function reference
is called to process those characters in text
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $processed_text <b>normal_text</b><i> $text</i>
<a name="IDX203"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>The function processes <samp>`---'</samp>, <samp>`--'</samp>, <samp>```'</samp> and <samp>`'''</samp>
in <var>$text</var> and returns <var>$processed_text</var>. The default is to
change <samp>`---'</samp> to <samp>`--'</samp>, <samp>`--'</samp> to <samp>`-'</samp>, and <samp>```'</samp> and
<samp>`'''</samp> to <samp>`&quot;'</samp>.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>Some characters are special in <acronym>HTML</acronym> (<samp>`&amp;'</samp>, <samp>`&quot;'</samp>, 
<samp>`&lt;'</samp> and <samp>`&gt;'</samp>) and should be protected.
This is done by the function associated with the function reference
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $protected_text <b>protect_text</b><i> $text</i>
<a name="IDX204"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>The function processes the unprotected text <var>$text</var> and returns
the resulting protected text <var>$protected_text</var>.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>Empty lines are processed by the following function reference, which could
be usefull if empty lines are to be removed for example
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $resulting_text <b>empty_line</b><i> $empty_line</i>
<a name="IDX205"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function processes an <var>$empty_line</var> and returns the resulting
text <var>$resulting_text</var>. Empty lines are left as is by default.
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Strings"></a>
<a name="SEC56"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC55" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC57" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code> </h2>


<p><code>texi2html</code> writes some strings in the generated document at
various places, at the page footers, on the help page, for special 
section headings, buttons alt text and so on. These strings are
customizable. The string chosen depends on the language of the
document (set by <a name="IDX206"></a>
<samp>`--lang'</samp>, <a name="IDX207"></a>
<code>$LANG</code> or 
<code>@documentlanguage</code>). This is the basis for internationalization
as it allows for strings translations.
</p>
<p>The strings are found in a hash reference, <a name="IDX208"></a>
<code>$LANGUAGES</code>. 
Each key is a language code. The associated value is also a hash
reference. The key is an english string and the associated value
is the string replacing the english string, if present. For example,
we have
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$LANGUAGES-&gt;{'fr'} = {
              ' Up ' =&gt; 'Plus haut',
};
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>It means that whenever the string <samp>`&nbsp;Up&nbsp;'</samp> is to be written
and the language is <samp>`fr'</samp>, <samp>`Plus haut'</samp> is written. It is possible
to customize the english strings by redefining the <samp>`en'</samp> language hash.
</p>
<p>When a string contains a <samp>`%'</samp> followed by <samp>`{'</samp> <var>name</var> <samp>`}'</samp>
it means that the string will be expanded by <code>texi2html</code>. For
example, if we have
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$LANGUAGES-&gt;{'fr'} = {
              'See %{node_file_href}' =&gt; 'Voir %{node_file_href}',
};
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p><samp>`%{node_file_href}'</samp> will be expanded to an href for a node in a 
file by <code>texi2html</code> in the string. A <samp>`%%'</samp> will be expanded
as <samp>`%'</samp>.
</p>
<p>For more on internationalization, see <a href="#SEC84">Internationalization</a>.
</p>
<hr size="6">
<a name="References"></a>
<a name="SEC57"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC56" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC58" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 7.7 References </h2>

<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC58">7.7.1 Reference to external manual</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC59">7.7.2 Reference to an internal node</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
</table>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Reference-to-external-manual"></a>
<a name="SEC58"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC57" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC59" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC57" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 7.7.1 Reference to external manual </h3>

<p>The references are produced with two function references, one for the
hypertextual reference construction, the other for the full reference to 
external manual. 
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $href <b>external_href</b><i> $node $node_identifier $xml_node_identifier $manual_file_name</i>
<a name="IDX209"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$node</var> is the node name, with @-commands. <var>$node_identifer</var> is the
node name mapped to an identifier acceptable as a file name. 
<var>$xml_node_identifier</var> is the
node name mapped to an identifier acceptable as an <acronym>XML</acronym> identifier.
Those identifiers are built as explained in <a href="texinfo.html#HTML-Xref">(texinfo)HTML Xref</a>,
thus allowing for cross references to external manuals. <var>$file</var> is the
manual or file name of the external reference. This function should return an
href leading to the external manual.
</p>
<p>The default for this function is to make a reference compatible with 
<code>makeinfo</code>  (see <a href="texinfo.html#HTML-Xref">(texinfo)HTML Xref</a>).
</p></dd></dl>

<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $text <b>external_ref</b><i> $command $section $book $node_and_file $href $cross_ref_name</i>
<a name="IDX210"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function formats a reference to an external texinfo manual.
The <var>$command</var> is the ref command (<code>ref</code>, <code>xref</code> or 
<code>pxref</code>, in text, at sentence beginning or in parenthesis).
The optionnal <var>$section</var> argument is the section in the book and 
 <var>book</var> is the book title.
<var>$node_and_file</var> is the node and file name formatted according to the 
convention used in info: <samp>`(file)node'</samp>. <var>$href</var> it an hypertextual
reference to the distant manual constructed using the above function. 
<var>$cross_ref_name</var> is an optionnal cross
reference name appearing in the reference command. This function returns
the text corresponding with the external html manual reference.
This function returns the full formatted text of the external reference.
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Internal-reference"></a>
<a name="SEC59"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC58" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC60" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC57" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 7.7.2 Reference to an internal node </h3>

<p>A function reference is available for internal references.
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $text <b>internal_ref</b><i> $command $href $short_name $name $is_section</i>
<a name="IDX211"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function formats a reference to a node in the current manual.
The <var>$command</var> is the ref command (<code>ref</code>, <code>xref</code> or 
<code>pxref</code>, in text, at sentence beginning or in parenthesis).
<var>$href</var> it an hypertextual reference linking to the corresponding
node or section. <var>$short_name</var> and <var>$name</var> hold the text for the 
reference but <var>$short_name</var> can be the node name which is assumed to 
be shorter than the section name.
<var>$is_section</var> is a boolean true if the reference is a reference to a 
section. This function returns the full formatted text of the internal 
reference.
</p></dd></dl>


<hr size="6">
<a name="Alignement-commands"></a>
<a name="SEC60"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC59" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC61" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text </h2>


<p>When a command controlling the alignement of text is used (<code>@center</code>,
<code>@flushleft</code> and <code>@flushright</code>), the main program takes
care of opening and closing paragraphs. The alignement commands are the
key of the <a name="IDX212"></a>
<code>%paragraph_style</code> hash. 
The value is used in the function doing the formatting of the paragraphs. 
See section <a href="#SEC61">Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region</a>.
</p>
<p>A function references allows for a customization of the formatting of the text 
appearing in the command block.
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $result <b>paragraph_style_command</b><i> $command $text</i>
<a name="IDX213"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the command name, <var>$text</var> is the text appearing within
the command. This function returns a formatted text.
The default is to return the text unmodified.
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Paragraph-and-preformatted-region"></a>
<a name="SEC61"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC60" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC62" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 7.9 Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region </h2>


<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC62">7.9.1 Paragraph and preformatted region formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC63">7.9.2 Avoiding paragraphs in formats</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
</table>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Paragraph-and-preformatted-formatting"></a>
<a name="SEC62"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC61" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC63" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC61" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 7.9.1 Paragraph and preformatted region formatting </h3>


<p>The formatting of a paragraph region or a preformatted region, is controlled
by function references:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $paragraph_text <b>paragraph</b><i> $text $alignement $formatting_command $formatting_command_formatted \$paragraph_number $format $item_number $enumerate_style $number</i>
<a name="IDX214"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function formats a paragraph. <var>$text</var> is the text of the paragraph,
<var>$alignement</var> is the empty string when no alignement command has
been seen, otherwise it is the current alignement command name.
See section <a href="#SEC60">Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a>.
</p>
<p>The remaining arguments are usefull when the paragraph appears within a
list or table. It is usefull whenever the paragraph has to be formatted
differently when appearing in such environments. 
Moreover in that case the format command (<code>@itemize</code>&hellip;) 
may have
an associated formatting command.
<var>$formatting_command</var> is this  formatting command
(like <code>@minus</code>).
<var>$formatting_command_formatted</var> is the command formatted in html
in case the formatting command is a leading command (like <code>@minus</code>)
which should be leading the first paragraph.
<var>\$paragraph_number</var> is a reference on the number of
paragraphs in that format command. The corresponding variable should be 
increased when a paragraph is added. <var>$format</var> is the format command. 
See section <a href="#SEC66">Formatting individual table and list items</a>.
</p>
<p>If the <var>$format</var> is an enumerate, <var>$item_number</var> is the number of 
the item in the list, <var>$enumerate_style</var> is the argument of the enumerate,
<var>$number</var> is the number or letter corresponding with this item. 
</p></dd></dl>

<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $preformatted_text <b>preformatted</b><i> $text $style $region_name $formatting_command $formatting_command_formatted \$preformatted_number $format $item_number $enumerate_style $number</i>
<a name="IDX215"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function formats a preformatted region. <var>$text</var> is the text of the
preformatted region, <var>$style</var> is the css style associated with that
preformatted region (See section <a href="#SEC34">Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a>). <var>$region_name</var> is the 
name of the command opening        
the preformatted region (<code>example</code>&hellip;, see <a href="#SEC64">Formatting of complex formats (<code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;)</a>) 
or a identifier for the preformatted context (for example 
<code>menu-comment</code>, see <a href="#SEC73">Menu formatting</a>).
The alignment commands are not taken into account, as the spaces are
preserved in preformatted regions, you should flush and center by hand.
</p>
<p>The remaining arguments are usefull when the preformatted region appears 
within a list or table. It is usefull whenever the preformatted region 
has to be formatted
differently when appearing in such environments. 
Moreover in that case the format command (<code>@itemize</code>&hellip;) 
may have
an associated formatting command.
<var>$formatting_command</var> is this  formatting command
(like <code>@minus</code>).
<var>$formatting_command_formatted</var> is the command formatted in html
in case the formatting command is a leading command (like <code>@minus</code>)
which should be leading the first preformatted region.
<var>\$preformatted_number</var> is a reference on the number of
preformatted regions in that format command. The corresponding variable 
should be increased when a preformatted region is added. <var>$format</var> is the 
format command. 
See section <a href="#SEC66">Formatting individual table and list items</a>.
</p>
<p>If the <var>$format</var> is an enumerate, <var>$item_number</var> is the number of 
the item in the list, <var>$enumerate_style</var> is the argument of the enumerate,
<var>$number</var> is the number or letter corresponding with this item. 
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Avoiding-paragraphs"></a>
<a name="SEC63"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC62" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC64" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC61" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 7.9.2 Avoiding paragraphs in formats </h3>


<p>It is possible to avoid that a format closes the previous paragraph or
preformatted region and reopens one, by putting the format command in a 
hash, <a name="IDX216"></a>
<code>%format_in_paragraph</code> with a true value.
</p>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Complex-formats"></a>
<a name="SEC64"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC63" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC65" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 7.10 Formatting of complex formats (<code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;) </h2>


<p>Here we see how a whole complex format is formatted. For the formatting
of the text, see <a href="#SEC61">Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region</a>.
</p>
<p>The formatting of the complex formats is ultimately controlled by a
function, however the default for this function uses a hash reference and 
changing the hash reference values should be enough in most cases. This
hash reference is called <a name="IDX217"></a>
<code>$complex_format_map</code>. It has a key for each
of the complex format commands (<code>example</code>, <code>smallexample</code>, 
<code>lisp</code>, <code>smalllisp</code>, <code>display</code>, <code>smalldisplay</code>, 
<code>format</code>, <code>smallformat</code>).
</p>
<p>The associated value is also a reference on a hash. The keys are <code>begin</code>
and <code>end</code>. An eval of <code>begin</code> should lead to the beginning of the
formatted <acronym>HTML</acronym>, an eval of <code>end</code> should lead to the end of the 
formatted <acronym>HTML</acronym>. The enclosed text will be formatted as described in
<a href="#SEC61">Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region</a>, and the name of the complex
format will be available to the function formatting the text.
</p>
<p>If you aren't satisfied with this scheme, you can redefine the following
function reference for a better control over the complex format formatting:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $complex_format_text <b>complex_format</b><i> $format_name $preformatted_text</i>
<a name="IDX218"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$format_name</var> is the complex format name, <var>$preformatted_text</var> is the 
text allready formatted as described in <a href="#SEC61">Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region</a>.
This function returns the whole complex format.
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Lists-tables"></a>
<a name="SEC65"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC64" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC66" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 7.11 Customizing the formatting of lists and tables </h2>

<p>The formatting of lists and tables is done at two levels:
</p><ul class="toc">
<li> 
At the level of the whole region (table or list),
</li><li>
At the level of the individual items, rows or cells of the list or table.
</li></ul>

<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC66">7.11.1 Formatting individual table and list items</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC67">7.11.2 Formatting of a whole table or list</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
</table>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Table-and-list-items"></a>
<a name="SEC66"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC65" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC67" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC65" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 7.11.1 Formatting individual table and list items </h3>

<p>In texinfo it is possible to give <code>@itemize</code> or table command (hereafter
called a <em>format command</em>) a <em>formatting command</em>. 
For example <code>@minus</code> is the formatting command here:
</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@table @minus
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>The default is to apply the command to the text item, however it is possible
to avoid it.
The hash <a name="IDX219"></a>
<code>%special_list_commands</code> has an entry for each of the 
format command. Each of these entries is a hash reference. If a formatting
command is a key of the hash reference, then the formatting command is not
applied to the text item for that format command. For example, if we have:
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$special_list_commands{'itemize'} = { 'bullet' =&gt; '' };
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>and we have the following <code>@itemize</code>:
</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@itemize @bullet
@item an item
@end itemize
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>then <code>@bullet</code> will not be applied to <code>an item</code>.
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <em>lists</em></dt>
<dd><p>The items of lists are formatted using the following function reference:
</p><dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $list_item <b>list_item</b><i> $text $format $command $formatted_command $item_number $enumerate_style $number</i>
<a name="IDX220"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function formats the text between <code>@item</code> commands. <var>$text</var> 
is the text corresponding with the item. <var>$format</var> is the type of format,
<samp>`itemize'</samp> or <samp>`enumerate'</samp>. <var>$command</var> is the formatting command
given in argument to <code>@itemize</code>, <var>$formatted_command</var> is this command
formatted if it is a leading command, like <code>@minus</code>.
</p>
<p>If the <var>$format</var> is an enumerate, <var>$item_number</var> is the number of 
the item in the list, <var>$enumerate_style</var> is the argument of the enumerate,
<var>$number</var> is the number or letter corresponding with this item. 
</p></dd></dl>

</dd>
<dt> <em>two column tables</em></dt>
<dd><p>The two columns tables (<code>@table</code>, <code>@ftable</code> and <code>@vtable</code>), 
items are formatted using two function references,
one for the first line located on the <code>@item</code> line corresponding
with the first column, the other for the text appearing on the
following lines, corresponding with the second column text.
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $table_item <b>table_item</b><i> $item_text $index_label_text $format $command $formatted_command</i>
<a name="IDX221"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function is used to format the text on the <code>@item</code> line.
<var>$text_item</var> is the text line. In case there is an index entry 
associated with the <code>@item</code> (as with <code>@ftable</code> and 
<code>@vtable</code>), <var>$index_label_text</var> is the text inserted at 
the place where an index entry appears. See section <a href="#SEC77">Formatting of index entries</a>.
<var>$format</var> is the type of format,
<samp>`table'</samp>, <samp>`ftable'</samp> or <samp>`vtable'</samp>. <var>$command</var> is the formatting command
given in argument to the table format command, <var>$formatted_command</var> is 
this command formatted if it is a leading command, like <code>@minus</code>.
</p></dd></dl>

<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $table_line <b>table_line</b><i> $text</i>
<a name="IDX222"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function is used to format the text on the lines following
the <code>@item</code> line. <var>$text</var> is the corresponding text. 
</p></dd></dl>

</dd>
<dt> <em>multitable</em></dt>
<dd><p>The multitable elements formatting is controlled by the functions associated
with two function references. One for a cell, and the other for a row.
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $multitable_cell <b>cell</b><i> $text</i>
<a name="IDX223"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function is used to format the text of a multitable cell, the text 
following a <code>@item</code> or a <code>@tab</code>.
<var>$text</var> is the corresponding text. 
</p></dd></dl>

<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $multitable_row <b>row</b><i> $text $item_command</i>
<a name="IDX224"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function is used to format a multitable row. <var>$text</var> is
the row text, with cells allready formatted with the <a name="IDX225"></a>
<code>$cell</code>
function reference. <var>$item_command</var> is the command used to introduce 
the row, such that it is possible to distinguish between <code>@item</code> and
<code>@headitem</code>.
</p></dd></dl>
</dd>
</dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Whole-table-list"></a>
<a name="SEC67"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC66" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC68" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC65" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 7.11.2 Formatting of a whole table or list </h3>

<p>If the Texinfo command is a key of the <a name="IDX226"></a>
<code>%format_map</code>, the associated
value is used to specify the formatting of the construct, otherwise a function 
is called. 
The value in <code>%format_map</code> associated with a command is interpreted 
similarly with values associated with more simpler commands:
</p>
<ul class="toc">
<li>
If the text is a word, it is considered to be an <acronym>HTML</acronym> element
name, and the whole table or list is enclosed between the element opening
and the element closing.
</li><li>
If the text is a word followed by some text, 
the word and is interpreted as above, and the
text is considered to be the attributes text of the element. 
</li><li>
If the text is empty nothing is added to the text.
</li></ul>

<p>In case the <code>%format_map</code> isn't used, a function reference called
<code>$table_list</code>
should be redefined, the associated function will be called each time
a command isn't found in <code>%format_map</code>.
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $whole_table_list <b>table_list</b><i> $command $text</i>
<a name="IDX227"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the Texinfo command name, <var>$text</var> is the formatted
items.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>If you still want to use <a name="IDX228"></a>
<code>%format_map</code> but differently from 
the default, it is possible to redefine the following function reference:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $whole_table_list <b>format</b><i> $command $format $text</i>
<a name="IDX229"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the @-command, <var>$format</var> is the entry associated with
<var>$command</var> in <code>%format_map</code>. <var>$text</var> is the formatted items.
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Definitions"></a>
<a name="SEC68"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC67" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC69" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 7.12 Definition commands formatting </h2>

<p>The formatting of definition commands is controlled by a hash and four 
functions. The hash describes how the text on the definition line is 
interpreted, the functions control the formatting of the definition line
and the definition function text.
</p>
<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC69">7.12.1 Customizing the interpretation of a definition line</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC70">7.12.2 Customization of the definition formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
</table>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Definition-line"></a>
<a name="SEC69"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC68" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC70" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC68" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 7.12.1 Customizing the interpretation of a definition line </h3>

<p>The keys of the hash <a name="IDX230"></a>
<code>%def_map</code> are definition command names.
There are two types of entries:
</p>
<ul class="toc">
<li> If the command is a shortcut for 
another definition command the value is a text and the definition 
command is replaced by the text.

<p>For example if we have:
</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$def_map{'deftruc'} = '@defvr {A truc}';
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>and a line like
</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@deftruc var
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>the line will be transformed in
</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@defvr {A truc} var
</pre></td></tr></table>
</li><li>
If the command isn't a shortcut, it is associated with an array
reference. The first element is <samp>`f'</samp>, <samp>`v'</samp> or <samp>`t'</samp> corresponding
with the index type (<samp>`f'</samp> for function, <samp>`v'</samp> for variable,
<samp>`t'</samp> for type).

<p>The remaining of the array describes how to interpret the text following
the definition command on the definition command line. 
The entry item specify what corresponds
with the next bracketed item or word. Currently the possibilities are
<samp>`category'</samp>, <samp>`name'</samp>, <samp>`type'</samp>, <samp>`class'</samp> and <samp>`arg'</samp>.
</p>
<p>For example if we have
</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">def_map{'defvr'} = [ 'v', 'category', 'name' ];
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>The first bracketed item following <code>@defvr</code> is considered
to be the category and the next one is the name. The index associated
with the definition line is the variables index.
</p></li></ul>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Definition-formatting"></a>
<a name="SEC70"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC69" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC71" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC68" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 7.12.2 Customization of the definition formatting </h3>

<p>Four functions are used when formatting a definition command:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> category name</dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $category <b>definition_category</b><i> $category_or_name $class $style</i>
<a name="IDX231"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function precise a category or an index entry name associating a class 
<var>$class</var> (if given) with <var>$category_or_name</var>. The <var>$style</var> of the
definition may be <samp>`f'</samp>, for function, <samp>`v'</samp>, for variable or <samp>`t'</samp>, 
for type.
</p></dd></dl>
</dd>
<dt> formatting of the definition line</dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $line <b>def_line</b><i> $category $name $type $arguments $index_label</i>
<a name="IDX232"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function formats the definition line. <var>$category</var> is the category
formatted with <a name="IDX233"></a>
<code>$definition_category</code>, <var>$name</var>, <var>$type</var> and 
<var>arguments</var> are the element of the definition line. <var>$index_label</var> is
the text inserted at the place where an index entry appears. 
See section <a href="#SEC77">Formatting of index entries</a>.
</p></dd></dl>

</dd>
<dt> definition text</dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $definition_text <b>def_item</b><i> $text</i>
<a name="IDX234"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function formats the definition text, <var>$text</var>.
</p></dd></dl>

</dd>
<dt> the whole definition</dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $definition <b>def</b><i> $text</i>
<a name="IDX235"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function formats the whole definition. The definition line and text 
formatted by the above functions are in <var>$text</var>.
</p></dd></dl>

</dd>
</dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Headings"></a>
<a name="SEC71"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC70" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC72" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 7.13 Customizing headings formatting </h2>

<p>A function controls the formatting of sectioning element headings, 
with the corresponding function reference:
</p><dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $heading_text <b>heading</b><i> \%element_reference</i>
<a name="IDX236"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>The <var>\%element_reference</var> is a reference on a hash corresponding
with the sectioning element. The following keys are of interest:
</p><dl compact="compact">
<dt> <code>text</code></dt>
<dd><p>The heading text
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>name</code></dt>
<dd><p>The heading text without section number
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>node</code></dt>
<dd><p>true if the sectioning element is a node without associated structuring command
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>level</code></dt>
<dd><p>The level of the element in the document tree. <samp>`0'</samp> is for <code>@top</code>,
<samp>`1'</samp> for <code>@chapter</code> and so on
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>tag_level</code></dt>
<dd><p>the sectioning element name, with <code>@raisesections</code> and 
<code>@lowersections</code> taken into account
</p></dd>
</dl>
</dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Special-regions"></a>
<a name="SEC72"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC71" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC73" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 7.14 Formatting of special regions (<code>@verbatim</code>, <code>@cartouche</code>, <code>@quotation</code>) </h2>

<p>Regions corresponding with raw text, like <code>@verbatim</code>, <code>@html</code>
or <code>@tex</code> are formatted according to the following function reference:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $raw_region <b>raw</b><i> $command $text</i>
<a name="IDX237"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the command name, <var>$text</var> is the raw text.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>If LaTeX2HTML is used, <code>@tex</code> regions are handled differently,
from within the main program.
</p>
<p>The <code>@cartouche</code> command formatting is controlled by the
function reference:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $cartouche <b>cartouche</b><i> $text</i>
<a name="IDX238"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$text</var> is the text appearing within the cartouche.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>The formatting of <code>@quotation</code> is controlled by two function references.
The first one is usefull in case the <code>@quotation</code> has an argument, as
it allows to prepend a string to the quotation text:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $prepended_string <b>quotation_prepend_text</b><i> $style $text</i>
<a name="IDX239"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$style</var> is the first argument of the <code>@quotation</code> if there are
two arguments. <var>$text</var> is the second argument or the first if there is
one argument. There are still @-commands in these strings. This function
can return a string which will be prepended to the quotation text.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>The whole quotation is formatted by:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $quotation <b>quotation</b><i> $quotation_text $argument_text $argument_style_texi $argument_style_id</i>
<a name="IDX240"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$quotation_text</var> is the quotation text, formatted, with the text 
prepended by the function above. <var>$argument_text</var> is the second argument 
of the <code>@quotation</code> or the first if there is one argument, formatted.
The other arguments are defiend if there are two arguments for the 
<code>@quotation</code>, <var>$argument_style_texi</var> is this argument, with 
@-commands, and  <var>$argument_style_id</var> is this argument transformed in 
an identifier which can be used as an <acronym>XML</acronym> identifier.
</p></dd></dl>


<hr size="6">
<a name="Menus"></a>
<a name="SEC73"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC72" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC74" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 7.15 Menu formatting </h2>

<p>To understand how the formatting of menus is controlled, the different
parts of a menu are first described, then how to control the formatting
of each of these parts.
</p>
<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC74">7.15.1 The structure of a menu</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">                 A menu consists in menu entry and menu 
                               comments
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
</table>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Menu-parts"></a>
<a name="SEC74"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC73" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC75" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC73" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 7.15.1 The structure of a menu </h3>

<p>In <code>texi2html</code>, a menu is considered to be composed of 2 parts, the
<em>menu entries</em> and the <em>menu comments</em>. Menu entries are further 
divided in an <em>entry link</em> and optionnaly an <em>entry description</em>.
The entry link consists in a node name and an optionnal  menu entry
name.
</p>
<p>A menu entry begins with <samp>`*'</samp> at the beginning of the line. It begins
with the entry link, followed by the description. The description spans until
the next menu entry, or some text begining at the first character of a line
or an empty line, not contained within a command block which begun in the 
description. An empty line or a line with text at the first character
starts a menu comment, which spans until the next menu entry.
</p>
<p>Here is an illustration of these rules:
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@menu
* node name: entry name.        description begins
   description continues
* another menu entry::
   description begins
                    description continues

   A menu comment, after an empty line

* node::                        description begins
A menu comment. The line starts at the first character

* last entry::         description begins <em>text
of the description, even if the line begins at the first character,
because we are in @emph</em>.
@end menu
</pre></td></tr></table>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Menu-formatting"></a>
<a name="SEC75"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC74" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC76" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC73" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components </h3>

<p>In the default case, the name of the section corresponding with the 
node is used instead of the node name. If <a name="IDX241"></a>
<code>$NODE_NAME_IN_MENU</code> is 
true, however, node names are used. If <a name="IDX242"></a>
<code>$AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY</code>
is true and menu entry equal menu description the description isn't printed.
This is the default. Likewise, if node or section name equal entry name, 
do not print entry name.
</p>
<p>A symbol, <a name="IDX243"></a>
<code>$MENU_SYMBOL</code> is put at the beginning of menu entries
when the node name is used. The default is <samp>`&amp;bull;'</samp>.
If <a name="IDX244"></a>
<code>$UNNUMBERED_SYMBOL_IN_MENU</code> is true it is 
also put at the beginning of unnumbered section names. This is not
done by default.
</p>
<p>The menu comments are considered to be preformatted text. The style 
associated with this preformatted text is determined by 
<a name="IDX245"></a>
<code>$MENU_PRE_STYLE</code>. Default is <samp>`font-family: serif'</samp>.
The css class associated with menu comments is <code>menu-comments</code>.
</p>
<p>Three function references are associated with the formatting of the 
different parts of a menu:
</p><dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $link <b>menu_link</b><i> $section \%state $href $node $name $ending</i>
<a name="IDX246"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$section</var> is the section name corresponding with the link, <var>$href</var>
is the link hypertextual reference. <var>$href</var> may be absent. <var>\%state</var>
holds informations about the current context. The only key which could be
of interest is <code>preformatted</code>, true if the context is a preformatted
context. See section <a href="#SEC48">Three contexts for expansions: preformatted, normal and string</a>. 
<var>$node</var> is the node name, <var>$name</var> is the
name of the node, and <var>$ending</var> is the text ending the link entry.
</p></dd></dl>

<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $description <b>menu_description</b><i> $description_text \%state</i>
<a name="IDX247"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$description_text</var> is the text of the menu description. <var>\%state</var>
should be used similarly than for the menu link.
</p></dd></dl>

<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $menu_comment <b>menu_comment</b><i> $text</i>
<a name="IDX248"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$text</var> is the text of the menu comment. It is in a preformatted 
environment.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>The following function reference controls the formatting of a wole menu:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $menu <b>menu</b><i> $menu_components_text</i>
<a name="IDX249"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$menu_components_text</var> is the formatted menu components text, obtained
as explained above.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>The last function reference corresponds with a special case. It
is used when a menu entry appears within another block command, to
avoid the possibilities of invalid <acronym>HTML</acronym> production.
In that case the menu description and menu comments are not formatted 
specially, but treated like normal text.
</p><dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $link <b>simple_menu_link</b><i> $link_text $href $node $name $ending</i>
<a name="IDX250"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$link_text</var> is the text corresponding with the link name, <var>$href</var>
is the link hypertextual reference.
<var>$node</var> is the node name, <var>$name</var> is the
name of the node, and <var>$ending</var> is the text ending the link entry.
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Indices"></a>
<a name="SEC76"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC75" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC77" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 7.16 Indices formatting </h2>

<p>Two different things needs to be handled for indices formatting, the place
where the index term appears, the index entry, and the index list itself.
The indexing commands like <code>@cindex</code> determines where index entries
appear, and the index list is printed with a <code>@printindex</code> command. 
</p>
<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC77">7.16.1 Formatting of index entries</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">             Index entries in the main document are 
                                  targets for hypertext references
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC78">7.16.2 Customizing the formatting of index lists</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">                    Customizing the formatting of the index list
</td></tr>
</table>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Index-entry-place"></a>
<a name="SEC77"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC76" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC78" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC76" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 7.16.1 Formatting of index entries </h3>

<p>Index entry places in the main text may be the target for hypertext 
references. Their formatting
is controlled by the function associated with the following function 
reference:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $target <b>index_entry_label</b><i> $identifier $preformatted</i>
<a name="IDX251"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$identifier</var> should be used to create
a target for links (typically associated with a name or id 
attribute in <acronym>HTML</acronym>).
<var>$preformatted</var> is true if the index entry appeared in preformatted text.
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Index-list"></a>
<a name="SEC78"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC77" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC79" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC76" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 7.16.2 Customizing the formatting of index lists </h3>

<p>The index entries are sorted alphabetically. A whole index list is 
considered to be composed of letter entries. A letter entry is composed
by all the index entries beginning with that letter. A letter may
be a non alphabetical character, but we call it letter here.
</p>
<p>An index summary appears at the beginning and at the end of an index list,
and should be used to jump directly to a letter entry. Indices lists
may be split across pages, thus the different letters may appear on different
files. The number of index entries appearing on each page is determined
by a variable <a name="IDX252"></a>
<code>$SPLIT_INDEX</code> if set. The default is to split
indices after 100 entries.
</p>
<p>The formatting of all these elements is controlled by the following
function references:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <em>formatting of a letter in a summary</em></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $letter <b>summary_letter</b><i> $letter $file $identifier</i>
<a name="IDX253"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function is used to format a letter appearing in a summary, refering
to a letter entry in the index list.
<var>$letter</var> is the letter. <var>$file</var> is the file name where the letter
entry appears. More precisely, it is empty when the letter entry is on the 
same page than the summary, it contains the file name when the index page
is split accross page. <var>$identifier</var> is an identifier for the target 
letter entry. 
</p></dd></dl>

</dd>
<dt> <em>formatting of a summary</em></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $summary <b>index_summary</b><i> \@alphabetical_letters \@nonalphabetical_letters</i>
<a name="IDX254"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>\@alphabetical_letters</var> and <var>\@nonalphabetical_letters</var> contain the
formatted summary letters, formatted with the above function.
</p></dd></dl>

</dd>
<dt> <em>formatting of an index entry</em></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $entry <b>index_entry</b><i> $entry_href $entry_text $section_href $section_heading</i>
<a name="IDX255"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$entry_href</var> is a reference to the place where the index entry 
appeared, <var>$entry_text</var> is the corresponding text. <var>$section_href</var>
is a reference to the beginning of the sectioning element containing 
the index entry, <var>$section_heading</var> is the heading of the element.
</p></dd></dl>

</dd>
<dt> <em>formatting of letter entry</em></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $letter_entry <b>index_letter</b><i> $letter $identifier $index_entries_text</i>
<a name="IDX256"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function formats a letter entry, consisting in all the index entries 
beginning with this letter. <var>$letter</var> is the letter, <var>$identifier</var> 
should be used to create a target for links (typically links from summaries),
and <var>$index_entries_text</var> is the text of the index entries formatted as 
described above.
</p></dd></dl>

</dd>
<dt> <em>formatting of whole index</em></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $index <b>print_index</b><i> $index_text $index_name</i>
<a name="IDX257"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$index_text</var> is the text of all the index entries grouped by letter
appearing in that page formatted as above. <var>index_name</var> is the name of
the index, the argument of <code>@printindex</code>.
</p></dd></dl>
</dd>
</dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Floats-and-lists-of-floats"></a>
<a name="SEC79"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC78" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC80" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 7.17 Floats and lists of floats </h2>

<p>Floats appear in the <code>@float</code> environment, optionaly with a style
and a label, and with optionnal <code>@caption</code> and <code>@shortcaption</code>. 
Their list appear after a <code>@listoffloats</code>. 
</p>
<p>A hash reference is associated with each float, it is available in some
formatting functions. The keys are:
</p><dl compact="compact">
<dt> <code>caption_texi</code></dt>
<dt> <code>shortcaption_texi</code></dt>
<dd><p>A reference on an array containing the caption or shortcaption lines,
unformatted.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>style_texi</code></dt>
<dd><p>The style with texi @-commands.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>style_id</code></dt>
<dd><p>The unique identifier associated with the style.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>nr</code></dt>
<dd><p>The number with the same conventions than makeinfo (use the chapter number a 
dot and then the number of the float of that style in the chapter, or an
absolute number if in unnumbered).
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>chapter_nr</code></dt>
<dd><p>The number of the chapter containing the float.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>nr_in_chapter</code></dt>
<dd><p>The number of the float in the chapter.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>absolut_nr</code></dt>
<dd><p>The number of the float in the document.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>texi</code></dt>
<dd><p>The label with @-commands.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>id</code></dt>
<dd><p>The unique identifier associated with the label. Usefull to make an anchor
or a reference.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>element</code></dt>
<dd><p>A reference on a structure representing the element the float appear in.
</p></dd>
</dl>

<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC80">7.17.1 Formatting a float</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">                           Formatting of floats
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC81">7.17.2 Formatting lists of floats</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">                  Formatting the lists of floats 
</td></tr>
</table>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Floats"></a>
<a name="SEC80"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC79" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC81" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC79" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 7.17.1 Formatting a float </h3>

<p>First there is an occasion to construct a texinfo text for the caption, using
the caption texinfo lines and the informations in the float structure.
The returned lines will be formatted in the main program. A function reference
is used here:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> (\@caption_lines_returned, \@shortcaption_lines_returned) <b>caption_shortcaption</b><i> \%float \@caption_lines \@shortcaption_lines</i>
<a name="IDX258"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>\%float</var> is the structure defined above. <var>\@caption_lines</var> and 
<var>\@shortcaption_lines</var> are references on arrays containing the 
texinfo lines for caption and short caption. <var>\@caption_lines_returned</var>
and <var>\@shortcaption_lines_returned</var> are references on an array 
containing the texinfo lines for the caption and shortcaption.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>Then the float is formatted with the following function reference:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $text <b>float</b><i> $float_text \%float $caption_text $shortcaption_text</i>
<a name="IDX259"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$float_text</var> is the text appearing within the <code>@float</code>, formatted.
<var>\%float</var> is still the structure defined above. <var>$caption_text</var> and
<var>$shortcaption_text</var> are the caption and short caption build with the
above function and formatted.
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Lists-of-floats"></a>
<a name="SEC81"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC80" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC82" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC79" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h3 class="subsection"> 7.17.2 Formatting lists of floats </h3>

<p>A list of floats is introduced by <code>@listoffloats</code>. The argument of
<code>@listoffloats</code> is the <em>style</em>. First the style texinfo can be 
modified with the following function reference:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $style_texi_returned <b>listoffloats_style</b><i> $style_texi</i>
<a name="IDX260"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$style_texi</var> is the <code>@listoffloats</code> argument with texinfo 
@-commands kept. It is possible to make changes to the <var>$style_texi</var> and
return a modified string, still with @-commands. The modified string
is formatted in the main program.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>After that, for each of the floats with that style, first there is a 
possibility to modify the float style and the float caption before they 
are formatted in the main program, with the following function references:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $float_style_texi_returned <b>listoffloats_float_style</b><i> $style_texi \%float</i>
<a name="IDX261"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$style_texi</var> is the style, and <var>\%float</var> is the structure described 
above. This function reference returns a style to be formatted in the
main program.
</p></dd></dl>

<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $caption_texi_returned <b>listoffloats_caption</b><i> \%float</i>
<a name="IDX262"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>\%float</var> is the structure described 
above. This function reference returns a caption to be formatted in the
main program.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>Each entry is formatted by:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $listoffloats_entry <b>listoffloats_entry</b><i> $style_texi \%float $float_style $caption $href</i>
<a name="IDX263"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$style_texi</var> is the style with @-commands, <var>$float_style</var> is the
style returned by the above function and formatted. <var>$caption</var> is the
caption returned by the above function formatted. <var>\%float</var> is the 
structure corresponding with the float, and <var>$href</var> is an href pointing to
the float location.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>Lastly, the whole <code>@listoffloats</code> is formatted by:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $listoffloats <b>listoffloats</b><i> $style_texi $style \@listoffloats_entries</i>
<a name="IDX264"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$style_texi</var> is the style with @-commands, <var>$style</var> is the
style returned by the above function and formatted. The array reference 
<var>\@listoffloats_entries</var> holds the entries formatted by the above
function.
</p></dd></dl>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Footnotes"></a>
<a name="SEC82"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC81" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC83" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 7.18 Customizing the footnotes formatting </h2>

<p>Each footnote is associated with a footnote entry. Several footnote entries
are grouped in a footnote section. When a footnote appears, two things must
be formatted: in the main text the place where the footnote appear
and the footnote text. 
</p>
<p>Two functions, with corresponding function references control the formatting
of the footnotes:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> (\@lines $text_for_document) <b>foot_line_and_ref</b><i> $number_in_doc $number_in_page $footnote_id $place_id $document_file $footnote_file \@lines \%state</i>
<a name="IDX265"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$number_in_doc</var> is the footnote number in the whole document, 
<var>$number_in_page</var> is the footnote number in the current page.
<var>$footnote_id</var> is an identifier for the footnote in the footnote text
which should be used to make target for references to that footnote,
while <var>$place_id</var> is an identifier for the location of the footnote
in the main document. Similarly, <var>$document_file</var> is the file name
of the file containing the text where the footnote appears in the main 
document, while <var>$footnote_file</var> is the file name of the file where 
the footnote text appears. 
</p>
<p><var>\@lines</var> is a reference on an array containing the footnote text
lines, allready formatted.
And <var>\%state</var> holds informations about the context at the footnote
place in the main document. As usual the most usefull entry is 
<code>preformatted</code> which is true if the footnote appears in a preformatted 
context. 
</p>
<p>This function returns a reference on an array, <var>\@lines</var> containing
the updated footnote text for the footnote entry, and <var>$text_for_document</var>,
the text appearing at the footnote place in the main document, linking
to the footnote entry.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>The following function is only used when footnotes are at the bottom
of a page and the document is split. 
For customization of the footnotes page in case they are on a separated 
page or section, <a href="#SEC44">Customizing the layout of the special pages</a>. For 
the determination of the footnote locations, <a href="#SEC10">Page layout related command line options</a>.
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>foot_section</b><i> \@footnotes_lines</i>
<a name="IDX266"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p>This function formats a group of footnotes. <var>\@footnotes_lines</var> is a
reference on an array holding the lines of all the footnote entries
formatted as explained above. This function modifies the reference.
</p></dd></dl>


<hr size="6">
<a name="Other-and-unknown-commands"></a>
<a name="SEC83"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC82" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="section"> 7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands </h2>



<p>Many commands without braces are available in texinfo, sometimes with
a specific syntax. For example we have <code>@sp</code>, <code>@noindent</code>,
<code>@documentlanguage</code>, <code>@oddheading</code>, <code>@headings</code>,
<code>@shortcontents</code>, <code>@shorttitlepage</code> or <code>@comment</code>. 
<code>texi2html</code> interprets
some of these commands and some functions or variables are used for
their formatting or to access their information.
In the default case, however, most of these constructs are ignored.
</p>
<p>It is possible to change how the things following these commands
on the line are handled, what is considered to be an arg for those
commands and it is also possible to keep them instead of discarding
them such that it is possible to handle them specially, with the
same function than the one used for unknown commands.
</p>
<p>Those special commands without braces are the key of a hash:
<a name="IDX267"></a>
<code>%misc_command</code>. The associated value is a reference on a
hash enabling to set the properties of these commands. The
keys of this hash reference is the name of a property, the value
is the value of the property. For example here we have <code>line</code>
for the <code>arg</code> property for the <code>command</code> @-command.
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$misc_command{'command'} = {'arg' =&gt; 'line', 'skip' =&gt; 'space'};
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>The properties and possible values are:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
<dt> <code>skip</code></dt>
<dd><p>This property enables to set what is skipped after the command arguments.
Here are the possible values:
</p><dl compact="compact">
<dt> <code>line</code></dt>
<dd><p>The remaining of the line is skipped.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>space</code> </dt>
<dd><p>Spaces are skipped but not newline.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>whitespace</code> </dt>
<dd><p>Spaces are skipped
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>linewhitespace</code></dt>
<dd><p>Spaces are skipped if there are only spaces remaining on the line.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>linespace</code></dt>
<dd><p>Spaces are skipped, but not newline if
there are only spaces remaining on the line
</p></dd>
</dl>

</dd>
<dt> <code>arg</code></dt>
<dd><p>If the associated value is <code>line</code> the line is considered to be the
argument. If it is a number it is the number of args (separated by spaces).
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>texi</code></dt>
<dd><p>If true the arguments are considered to real texinfo, therefore	
 <code>@value</code> and <code>@macro</code> are expanded.
</p></dd>
<dt> <code>keep</code></dt>
<dd><p>If true the args and the macro are kept, otherwise they are discarded.
The defaut is to have <code>keep</code> undef for all the commands.
If <code>keep</code> is true for <code>@verbatiminclude</code> the default
action for this macro isn't done.
</p></dd>
</dl>


<p>Commands which don't appear in the hashes 
<a name="IDX268"></a>
<code>%simple_map</code>, <a name="IDX269"></a>
<code>%simple_map_pre</code>,
<a name="IDX270"></a>
<code>%simple_map_texi</code> and <code>%misc_command</code>, or that appear in
<code>%misc_command</code> but with <code>keep</code> true are processed by the 
following function reference:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> ($result_line, $result, $result_text, $message) <b>unknown</b><i> $command $line</i>
<a name="IDX271"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the @-command, <var>$line</var> is the line following the 
<var>$command</var>. <var>$result</var> is a boolean. If it is true then the other return
values are taken into account otherwise the default actions are
used. In case <var>$result</var> is true, <var>$result_line</var> is the new line 
to be processed further, <var>$result_text</var> is the resulting formatted text 
and <var>$message</var>, if defined is a message outputted to the output
with line number added by <code>texi2html</code>.
</p></dd></dl>

<p>Commands with braces not specified above 
nor in <a name="IDX272"></a>
<code>%style_map</code>, <a name="IDX273"></a>
<code>%style_map_pre</code> and
<a name="IDX274"></a>
<code>%style_map_texi</code> are processed 
by the following function reference
</p>
<dl>
<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> ($result, $result_text, $message) <b>unknown_style</b><i> $command $text</i>
<a name="IDX275"></a>
</dt>
<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the @-command, <var>$text</var> is the text appearing within 
the braces (allready formatted). <var>$result</var> is a boolean. If it is true then
the other return
values are taken into account otherwise the default actions are
used. In case <var>$result</var> is true, <var>$result_text</var> is the resulting
formatted text
and <var>$message</var>, if defined is a message outputted to the output
with line number added by <code>texi2html</code>.
</p></dd></dl>



<hr size="6">
<a name="Internationalization"></a>
<a name="SEC84"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC83" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC85" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h1 class="appendix"> A. Internationalization </h1>

<p>The strings written in the document are selected based on the
document language. This can be used to customize the strings, 
as described in <a href="#SEC56">Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a>. This also enables translation of the
strings. 
</p>
<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">A.1 Translating strings</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC86">A.2 Adding new strings written to document</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
</table>

<hr size="6">
<a name="Translating-strings"></a>
<a name="SEC85"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC86" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="appendixsec"> A.1 Translating strings </h2>


<p>If the language is allready supported, then there will be a file 
in the <tt>`i18n'</tt> directory with name the two-letter 
ISO-639 language code. In that case you can enhance the translations by 
editing this file. There is a <code>$LANGUAGES-&gt;{'<var>language</var>'}</code>
hash in that file. The keys are the english strings, in <code>''</code>, the 
values (in <code>''</code> after <code>=&gt;</code>) are the translations.
When a string contains a <samp>`%'</samp> followed by <samp>`{'</samp> <var>name</var> <samp>`}'</samp>
it means that the string will be expanded by <code>texi2html</code>. For
an example, see <a href="#SEC56">Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a>.
</p>
<p>After that you should run the command <code>./manage_i18n.pl all</code> in
the top directory, it should merge your file with the existing files in
<tt>`translations.pl'</tt>, which is incorporated to the <tt>`texi2html'</tt> script
by <code>./configure</code>.
</p>
<p>If the language isn't currently supported, copy the <tt>`en'</tt> file in 
<tt>`i18n'</tt> to a file with name the two-letter ISO-639 
language code of your language
 and then add your translations to the strings. You could also add your 
two-letter language code in the <tt>`manage_i18n.pl'</tt> file in the
<code>@known_languages</code> array. 
</p>
<p>After that you should similarly run the command 
<code>./manage_i18n.pl all</code> in
the top directory.
</p>
<p>Obsoleted strings are not removed from the files, they are still present
in the <code>$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS-&gt;{'<var>language</var>'}</code> hash in case
the string is reused later.
</p>
<p>If you made change to strings specified in installed files
(see section <a href="#SEC4">Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a>)
you will have to reinstall them otherwise the installated files will 
take precedence (see section <a href="#SEC13">Use initialization files for fine tuning</a>).
</p>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Adding-new-strings"></a>
<a name="SEC86"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC85" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h2 class="appendixsec"> A.2 Adding new strings written to document </h2>


<p>If you need to write strings, for example the new string <var>a string</var> 
to the resulting document, call <code>&amp;$I('a string')</code>. Use simple quotes.
If you want to substitute a value in the string put 
<code>%{<var>string_value</var>}</code>, in the string, and give a second argument 
to <code>&amp;$I</code>, a hash reference with key <var>string_value</var> and value 
the what you want to substitute.
Here is an example:
</p>
<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">return &amp;$I('%{name} of %{class}', { 'name' =&gt; $name, 'class' =&gt; $class });
</pre></td></tr></table>
<p>In that case <code>%{name}</code> is substituted by <code>$name</code> in the translated
string.
</p>
<p>After that you should run the command <code>./manage_i18n.pl all</code> in the top
directory, it should add your new strings to all the files in the <tt>`i18n'</tt>
directory. 
</p>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Indexop"></a>
<a name="SEC87"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC86" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC88" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC88" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h1 class="appendix"> B. Command Line Option Index </h1>
<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC87_0" class="summary-letter"><b>C</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_1" class="summary-letter"><b>D</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_2" class="summary-letter"><b>F</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_3" class="summary-letter"><b>H</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_4" class="summary-letter"><b>I</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_5" class="summary-letter"><b>L</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_6" class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_7" class="summary-letter"><b>N</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_8" class="summary-letter"><b>O</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_9" class="summary-letter"><b>P</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_10" class="summary-letter"><b>S</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_11" class="summary-letter"><b>T</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_12" class="summary-letter"><b>U</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
</td></tr></table>
<table border="0" class="index-op">
<tr><td></td><th align="left">Index Entry</th><th align="left"> Section</th></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC87_0">C</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX49">css-include=<var>file</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC87_1">D</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX53">def-table</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX42">doctype=<var>DTD</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX30">D<var>var</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC87_2">F</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX36">frames</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX44">frameset-doctype</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX43">frameset-doctype=<var>DTD</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC87_3">H</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX51">html-xref-prefix=<var>path</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC87_4">I</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX34">I<var>dir</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX23">if&lt;region&gt;</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX121">include-css</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX69">init-file</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX70">init-file</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX47">iso</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC87_5">L</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX61">l2h</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX66">l2h-file</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX62">l2h-l2h=<var>program</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX64">l2h-tmp</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX72">lang</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX206">lang</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC56">7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX28">lang=<var>lang</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC87_6">M</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX3">menu</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC5">4. Invoking <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC87_7">N</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX24">no-if&lt;region&gt;</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX21">node-files</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX2">nomenu</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC5">4. Invoking <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX26">nomenu</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX38">nosec-nav</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX57">number</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC87_8">O</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX10">output</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX12">output</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC87_9">P</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX32">P<var>dir</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX1">pkgdatadir=<var>dir</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX67">pkgdatadir=dir</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX13">prefix</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC87_10">S</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX40">separated-footnotes</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX15">short-ext</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX55">short-ref</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX4">split</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX68">sysconfdir=dir</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC87_11">T</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX19">toc-file</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX59">toc-links</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX17">top-file</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC87_12">U</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX6">use-nodes</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX8">use-nodes</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX9">use-nodes</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX31">U<var>var</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
</table>
<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC87_0" class="summary-letter"><b>C</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_1" class="summary-letter"><b>D</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_2" class="summary-letter"><b>F</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_3" class="summary-letter"><b>H</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_4" class="summary-letter"><b>I</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_5" class="summary-letter"><b>L</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_6" class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_7" class="summary-letter"><b>N</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_8" class="summary-letter"><b>O</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_9" class="summary-letter"><b>P</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_10" class="summary-letter"><b>S</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_11" class="summary-letter"><b>T</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC87_12" class="summary-letter"><b>U</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
</td></tr></table>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Indexvr"></a>
<a name="SEC88"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC89" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC89" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h1 class="appendix"> C. Variable Index </h1>
<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC88_0" class="summary-letter"><b>$</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC88_1" class="summary-letter"><b>%</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC88_2" class="summary-letter"><b>@</b></a>
</td></tr></table>
<table border="0" class="index-vr">
<tr><td></td><th align="left">Index Entry</th><th align="left"> Section</th></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC88_0">$</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX123"><code>$AFTER_BODY_OPEN</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX153"><code>$AFTER_OVERVIEW</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX155"><code>$AFTER_TOC_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX73"><code>$anchor</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC15">5.1 Redefining functions in initialization files</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX198"><code>$anchor</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC54">7.4 Formatting of special simple commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX242"><code>$AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX152"><code>$BEFORE_OVERVIEW</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX154"><code>$BEFORE_TOC_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX78"><code>$BIG_RULE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC19">6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX111"><code>$BODYTEXT</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC32">6.5 Preparing the output</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX127"><code>$BODYTEXT</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX225"><code>$cell</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC66">7.11.1 Formatting individual table and list items</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX194"><code>$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC51">7.3.1 An interface for commands formatting with a hash reference</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX196"><code>$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC52">7.3.2 An interface for commands formatting with a string</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX217"><code>$complex_format_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC64">7.10 Formatting of complex formats (<code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;)</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX116"><code>$CSS_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX118"><code>$CSS_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX120"><code>$CSS_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX54"><code>$DEF_TABLE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX76"><code>$DEFAULT_RULE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC19">6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX233"><code>$definition_category</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC70">7.12.2 Customization of the definition formatting</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX150"><code>$DO_CONTENTS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX151"><code>$DO_SCONTENTS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX45"><code>$DOCTYPE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX126"><code>$DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX124"><code>$DOCUMENT_ENCODING</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX125"><code>$ENCODING</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX175"><code>$EXTENSION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC45">6.12 Customizing the file names</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX52"><code>$EXTERNAL_DIR</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX122"><code>$EXTRA_HEAD</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX37"><code>$FRAMES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX46"><code>$FRAMESET_DOCTYPE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX82"><code>$ICONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC22">6.3.1 Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX179"><code>$IDX_SUMMARY</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC46">6.13 Generation of external files for index entries</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX80"><code>$INDEX_CHAPTER</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC20">Element labels</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX63"><code>$L2H_L2H</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX65"><code>$L2H_TMP</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX29"><code>$LANG</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX71"><code>$LANG</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX207"><code>$LANG</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC56">7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX208"><code>$LANGUAGES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC56">7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85"><code>$LANGUAGES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">A.1 Translating strings</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX245"><code>$MENU_PRE_STYLE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX243"><code>$MENU_SYMBOL</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX77"><code>$MIDDLE_RULE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC19">6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX22"><code>$NODE_FILES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX176"><code>$NODE_FILES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC45">6.12 Customizing the file names</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX241"><code>$NODE_NAME_IN_MENU</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX58"><code>$NUMBER_SECTIONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX193"><code>$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC51">7.3.1 An interface for commands formatting with a hash reference</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX195"><code>$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC52">7.3.2 An interface for commands formatting with a string</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX11"><code>$OUT</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX138"><code>$PRE_BODY_CLOSE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX14"><code>$PREFIX</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX141"><code>$print_chapter_footer</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX131"><code>$print_chapter_header</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX139"><code>$print_foot_navigation</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX128"><code>$print_head_navigation</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX172"><code>$print_misc</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX174"><code>$print_misc_footer</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX173"><code>$print_misc_header</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX143"><code>$print_page_foot</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX130"><code>$print_page_head</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX142"><code>$print_section_footer</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX132"><code>$print_section_header</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX169"><code>$print_Top</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX171"><code>$print_Top_footer</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX170"><code>$print_Top_header</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX39"><code>$SECTION_NAVIGATION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX83"><code>$SECTION_NAVIGATION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC22">6.3.1 Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX41"><code>$SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX56"><code>$SHORT_REF</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX16"><code>$SHORTEXTN</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX27"><code>$SHOW_MENU</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX75"><code>$SMALL_RULE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC19">6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX5"><code>$SPLIT</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX252"><code>$SPLIT_INDEX</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC78">7.16.2 Customizing the formatting of index lists</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85"><code>$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">A.1 Translating strings</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX91"><code>$Texi2HTML::NODE{Next}</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX105"><code>$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC30">Section lines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX160"><code>$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX104"><code>$Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC30">Section lines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX103"><code>$Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC30">Section lines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX108"><code>$Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC31">6.4.3 Function usefull in page formatting</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX106"><code>$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC30">Section lines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX159"><code>$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX20"><code>$TOC_FILE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX60"><code>$TOC_LINKS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX157"><code>$TOC_LIST_ATTRIBUTE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX156"><code>$TOC_LIST_STYLE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX18"><code>$TOP_FILE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX79"><code>$TOP_HEADING</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC20">Element labels</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX244"><code>$UNNUMBERED_SYMBOL_IN_MENU</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX48"><code>$USE_ISO</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX7"><code>$USE_NODES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX81"><code>$VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC22">6.3.1 Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX87"><code>$WORDS_IN_PAGE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX88"><code>$WORDS_IN_PAGE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX109"><code>$WORDS_IN_PAGE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC31">6.4.3 Function usefull in page formatting</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC88_1">%</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX192"><code>%accent_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC50">7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX93"><code>%ACTIVE_ICONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX113"><code>%BUTTONS_GOTO</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC32">6.5 Preparing the output</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX115"><code>%css_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX117"><code>%css_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX230"><code>%def_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC69">7.12.1 Customizing the interpretation of a definition line</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX216"><code>%format_in_paragraph</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC63">7.9.2 Avoiding paragraphs in formats</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX226"><code>%format_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC67">7.11.2 Formatting of a whole table or list</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX228"><code>%format_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC67">7.11.2 Formatting of a whole table or list</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX101"><code>%main::value</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC29">Flags</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX102"><code>%main::value</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC29">Flags</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX267"><code>%misc_command</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX92"><code>%NAVIGATION_TEXT</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX112"><code>%NAVIGATION_TEXT</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC32">6.5 Preparing the output</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX212"><code>%paragraph_style</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX94"><code>%PASSIVE_ICONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX187"><code>%pre_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX183"><code>%simple_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX268"><code>%simple_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX184"><code>%simple_map_pre</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX269"><code>%simple_map_pre</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX185"><code>%simple_map_texi</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX270"><code>%simple_map_texi</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX219"><code>%special_list_commands</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC66">7.11.1 Formatting individual table and list items</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX189"><code>%style_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC50">7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX272"><code>%style_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX190"><code>%style_map_pre</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC50">7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX273"><code>%style_map_pre</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX191"><code>%style_map_texi</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC50">7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX274"><code>%style_map_texi</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX97"><code>%Texi2HTML::HREF</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC26">6.4.1 Accessing elements informations</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX96"><code>%Texi2HTML::NAME</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC26">6.4.1 Accessing elements informations</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX99"><code>%Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC26">6.4.1 Accessing elements informations</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX98"><code>%Texi2HTML::NODE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC26">6.4.1 Accessing elements informations</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX100"><code>%Texi2HTML::THISDOC</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC28">Global strings</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX188"><code>%texi_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX186"><code>%things_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC88_2">@</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX89"><code>@CHAPTER_BUTTONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX50"><code>@CSS_FILES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX25"><code>@EXPAND</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX35"><code>@INCLUDE_DIRS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX90"><code>@MISC_BUTTONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX86"><code>@NODE_FOOTER_BUTTONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX33"><code>@PREPEND_DIRS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX84"><code>@SECTION_BUTTONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX85"><code>@SECTION_FOOTER_BUTTONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
</table>
<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC88_0" class="summary-letter"><b>$</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC88_1" class="summary-letter"><b>%</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC88_2" class="summary-letter"><b>@</b></a>
</td></tr></table>
<hr size="6">
<a name="Indexcp"></a>
<a name="SEC89"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC88" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[ &gt; ]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC88" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[ &gt;&gt; ]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h1 class="appendix"> D. Concept Index </h1>
<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC89_0" class="summary-letter"><b>A</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_1" class="summary-letter"><b>B</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_2" class="summary-letter"><b>C</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_3" class="summary-letter"><b>D</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_4" class="summary-letter"><b>E</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_5" class="summary-letter"><b>F</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_6" class="summary-letter"><b>I</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_7" class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_8" class="summary-letter"><b>P</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_9" class="summary-letter"><b>R</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_10" class="summary-letter"><b>S</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_11" class="summary-letter"><b>T</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_12" class="summary-letter"><b>U</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
</td></tr></table>
<table border="0" class="index-cp">
<tr><td></td><th align="left">Index Entry</th><th align="left"> Section</th></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC89_0">A</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC63">Avoid paragraph opening</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC63">7.9.2 Avoiding paragraphs in formats</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC89_1">B</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC_Top">bug report</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC_Top">Texi2HTML</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC89_2">C</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">centering</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC64">complex format</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC64">7.10 Formatting of complex formats (<code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;)</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13"><tt>`Config'</tt></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">configure</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC89_3">D</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC3">downloading <code>texi2html</code> source</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC3">2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC89_4">E</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC1">examples of manuals</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC1">1. Overview</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC58">external manual</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC58">7.7.1 Reference to external manual</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC89_5">F</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">flushing text</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC89_6">I</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC56">i18n</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC56">7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">i18n</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">A.1 Translating strings</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">Installation</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">internationalization</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC86">internationalized strings</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC86">A.2 Adding new strings written to document</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC89_7">M</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC2">makeinfo</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC2">1.1 Why <code>texi2html</code> and not <code>makeinfo</code>?</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC86"><code>manage_i18n.pl</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC86">A.2 Adding new strings written to document</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC89_8">P</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC62">paragraph</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC62">7.9.1 Paragraph and preformatted region formatting</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC62">preformatted region</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC62">7.9.1 Paragraph and preformatted region formatting</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC89_9">R</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC57">reference</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC57">7.7 References</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC89_10">S</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">skipped command</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC3">source code for <code>texi2html</code>, downloading</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC3">2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC89_11">T</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC3"><code>texi2html</code> source, downloading</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC3">2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC1">Texinfo</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC1">1. Overview</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">text alignement</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">Translation</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">A.1 Translating strings</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th><a name="SEC89_12">U</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">unknown command</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
</table>
<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC89_0" class="summary-letter"><b>A</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_1" class="summary-letter"><b>B</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_2" class="summary-letter"><b>C</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_3" class="summary-letter"><b>D</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_4" class="summary-letter"><b>E</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_5" class="summary-letter"><b>F</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_6" class="summary-letter"><b>I</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_7" class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_8" class="summary-letter"><b>P</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_9" class="summary-letter"><b>R</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_10" class="summary-letter"><b>S</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_11" class="summary-letter"><b>T</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
<a href="#SEC89_12" class="summary-letter"><b>U</b></a>
 &nbsp; 
</td></tr></table>
<hr size="6">
<a name="SEC_Contents"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h1>Table of Contents</h1>
<div class="contents">

<ul class="toc">
  <li><a name="TOC1" href="#SEC1">1. Overview</a>
  <ul class="toc">
    <li><a name="TOC2" href="#SEC2">1.1 Why <code>texi2html</code> and not <code>makeinfo</code>?</a></li>
  </ul></li>
  <li><a name="TOC3" href="#SEC3">2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a></li>
  <li><a name="TOC4" href="#SEC4">3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a></li>
  <li><a name="TOC5" href="#SEC5">4. Invoking <code>texi2html</code></a>
  <ul class="toc">
    <li><a name="TOC6" href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC7" href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC8" href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC9" href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC10" href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC11" href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC12" href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC13" href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></li>
  </ul></li>
  <li><a name="TOC14" href="#SEC14">5. Overview of initialization files content and loading</a>
  <ul class="toc">
    <li><a name="TOC15" href="#SEC15">5.1 Redefining functions in initialization files</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC16" href="#SEC16">5.2 Conventions used for function prototypes</a></li>
  </ul></li>
  <li><a name="TOC17" href="#SEC17">6. Fine tuning of the page layout</a>
  <ul class="toc">
    <li><a name="TOC18" href="#SEC18">6.1 The different categories of pages and sectioning elements</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC19" href="#SEC19">6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC20" href="#SEC21">6.3 Customization of the navigation panels buttons</a>
    <ul class="toc">
      <li><a name="TOC21" href="#SEC22">6.3.1 Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level</a></li>
      <li><a name="TOC22" href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></li>
      <li><a name="TOC23" href="#SEC24">6.3.3 Changing the navigation panel formatting</a></li>
    </ul></li>
    <li><a name="TOC24" href="#SEC25">6.4 Main program variables and usefull functions</a>
    <ul class="toc">
      <li><a name="TOC25" href="#SEC26">6.4.1 Accessing elements informations</a></li>
      <li><a name="TOC26" href="#SEC27">6.4.2 Accessing global informations</a></li>
      <li><a name="TOC27" href="#SEC31">6.4.3 Function usefull in page formatting</a></li>
    </ul></li>
    <li><a name="TOC28" href="#SEC32">6.5 Preparing the output</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC29" href="#SEC33">6.6 Finalizing the output</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC30" href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC31" href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC32" href="#SEC36">6.9 Customizing the sections</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC33" href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC34" href="#SEC38">6.11 Special pages formatting</a>
    <ul class="toc">
      <li><a name="TOC35" href="#SEC39">6.11.1 Customizing the content of the special pages</a>
      <ul class="toc">
        <li><a name="TOC36" href="#SEC40">6.11.1.1 Top element text formatting</a></li>
        <li><a name="TOC37" href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></li>
        <li><a name="TOC38" href="#SEC42">6.11.1.3 Formatting of footnotes text</a></li>
        <li><a name="TOC39" href="#SEC43">6.11.1.4 Formatting of about text</a></li>
      </ul></li>
      <li><a name="TOC40" href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></li>
    </ul></li>
    <li><a name="TOC41" href="#SEC45">6.12 Customizing the file names</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC42" href="#SEC46">6.13 Generation of external files for index entries</a></li>
  </ul></li>
  <li><a name="TOC43" href="#SEC47">7. Customizing <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style in init files</a>
  <ul class="toc">
    <li><a name="TOC44" href="#SEC48">7.1 Three contexts for expansions: preformatted, normal and string</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC45" href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC46" href="#SEC50">7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands</a>
    <ul class="toc">
      <li><a name="TOC47" href="#SEC51">7.3.1 An interface for commands formatting with a hash reference</a></li>
      <li><a name="TOC48" href="#SEC52">7.3.2 An interface for commands formatting with a string</a></li>
      <li><a name="TOC49" href="#SEC53">7.3.3 Defining the style and indicatric commands interface</a></li>
    </ul></li>
    <li><a name="TOC50" href="#SEC54">7.4 Formatting of special simple commands</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC51" href="#SEC55">7.5 Processing special characters in text</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC52" href="#SEC56">7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC53" href="#SEC57">7.7 References</a>
    <ul class="toc">
      <li><a name="TOC54" href="#SEC58">7.7.1 Reference to external manual</a></li>
      <li><a name="TOC55" href="#SEC59">7.7.2 Reference to an internal node</a></li>
    </ul></li>
    <li><a name="TOC56" href="#SEC60">7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC57" href="#SEC61">7.9 Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region</a>
    <ul class="toc">
      <li><a name="TOC58" href="#SEC62">7.9.1 Paragraph and preformatted region formatting</a></li>
      <li><a name="TOC59" href="#SEC63">7.9.2 Avoiding paragraphs in formats</a></li>
    </ul></li>
    <li><a name="TOC60" href="#SEC64">7.10 Formatting of complex formats (<code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;)</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC61" href="#SEC65">7.11 Customizing the formatting of lists and tables</a>
    <ul class="toc">
      <li><a name="TOC62" href="#SEC66">7.11.1 Formatting individual table and list items</a></li>
      <li><a name="TOC63" href="#SEC67">7.11.2 Formatting of a whole table or list</a></li>
    </ul></li>
    <li><a name="TOC64" href="#SEC68">7.12 Definition commands formatting</a>
    <ul class="toc">
      <li><a name="TOC65" href="#SEC69">7.12.1 Customizing the interpretation of a definition line</a></li>
      <li><a name="TOC66" href="#SEC70">7.12.2 Customization of the definition formatting</a></li>
    </ul></li>
    <li><a name="TOC67" href="#SEC71">7.13 Customizing headings formatting</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC68" href="#SEC72">7.14 Formatting of special regions (<code>@verbatim</code>, <code>@cartouche</code>, <code>@quotation</code>)</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC69" href="#SEC73">7.15 Menu formatting</a>
    <ul class="toc">
      <li><a name="TOC70" href="#SEC74">7.15.1 The structure of a menu</a></li>
      <li><a name="TOC71" href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></li>
    </ul></li>
    <li><a name="TOC72" href="#SEC76">7.16 Indices formatting</a>
    <ul class="toc">
      <li><a name="TOC73" href="#SEC77">7.16.1 Formatting of index entries</a></li>
      <li><a name="TOC74" href="#SEC78">7.16.2 Customizing the formatting of index lists</a></li>
    </ul></li>
    <li><a name="TOC75" href="#SEC79">7.17 Floats and lists of floats</a>
    <ul class="toc">
      <li><a name="TOC76" href="#SEC80">7.17.1 Formatting a float</a></li>
      <li><a name="TOC77" href="#SEC81">7.17.2 Formatting lists of floats</a></li>
    </ul></li>
    <li><a name="TOC78" href="#SEC82">7.18 Customizing the footnotes formatting</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC79" href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></li>
  </ul></li>
  <li><a name="TOC80" href="#SEC84">A. Internationalization</a>
  <ul class="toc">
    <li><a name="TOC81" href="#SEC85">A.1 Translating strings</a></li>
    <li><a name="TOC82" href="#SEC86">A.2 Adding new strings written to document</a></li>
  </ul></li>
  <li><a name="TOC83" href="#SEC87">B. Command Line Option Index</a></li>
  <li><a name="TOC84" href="#SEC88">C. Variable Index</a></li>
  <li><a name="TOC85" href="#SEC89">D. Concept Index</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<hr size="1">
<a name="SEC_Overview"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h1>Short Table of Contents</h1>
<div class="shortcontents">
<ul class="toc">
<li><a name="TOC1" href="#SEC1">1. Overview</a></li>
<li><a name="TOC3" href="#SEC3">2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a></li>
<li><a name="TOC4" href="#SEC4">3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a></li>
<li><a name="TOC5" href="#SEC5">4. Invoking <code>texi2html</code></a></li>
<li><a name="TOC14" href="#SEC14">5. Overview of initialization files content and loading</a></li>
<li><a name="TOC17" href="#SEC17">6. Fine tuning of the page layout</a></li>
<li><a name="TOC43" href="#SEC47">7. Customizing <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style in init files</a></li>
<li><a name="TOC80" href="#SEC84">A. Internationalization</a></li>
<li><a name="TOC83" href="#SEC87">B. Command Line Option Index</a></li>
<li><a name="TOC84" href="#SEC88">C. Variable Index</a></li>
<li><a name="TOC85" href="#SEC89">D. Concept Index</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<hr size="1">
<a name="SEC_About"></a>
<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
</tr></table>
<h1>About This Document</h1>
<p>
  This document was generated by <em>Derek R. Price</em> on <em>February, 3 2005</em> using <a href="http://texi2html.cvshome.org/"><em>texi2html 1.76</em></a>.
</p>
<p>
  The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:
</p>
<table border="1">
  <tr>
    <th> Button </th>
    <th> Name </th>
    <th> Go to </th>
    <th> From 1.2.3 go to</th>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td align="center"> [ &lt; ] </td>
    <td align="center">Back</td>
    <td>previous section in reading order</td>
    <td>1.2.2</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td align="center"> [ &gt; ] </td>
    <td align="center">Forward</td>
    <td>next section in reading order</td>
    <td>1.2.4</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td align="center"> [ &lt;&lt; ] </td>
    <td align="center">FastBack</td>
    <td>beginning of this chapter or previous chapter</td>
    <td>1</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td align="center"> [ Up ] </td>
    <td align="center">Up</td>
    <td>up section</td>
    <td>1.2</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td align="center"> [ &gt;&gt; ] </td>
    <td align="center">FastForward</td>
    <td>next chapter</td>
    <td>2</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td align="center"> [Top] </td>
    <td align="center">Top</td>
    <td>cover (top) of document</td>
    <td> &nbsp; </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td align="center"> [Contents] </td>
    <td align="center">Contents</td>
    <td>table of contents</td>
    <td> &nbsp; </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td align="center"> [Index] </td>
    <td align="center">Index</td>
    <td>index</td>
    <td> &nbsp; </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td align="center"> [ ? ] </td>
    <td align="center">About</td>
    <td>about (help)</td>
    <td> &nbsp; </td>
  </tr>
</table>

<p>
  where the <strong> Example </strong> assumes that the current position is at <strong> Subsubsection One-Two-Three </strong> of a document of the following structure:
</p>

<ul>
  <li> 1. Section One
    <ul>
      <li>1.1 Subsection One-One
        <ul>
          <li>...</li>
        </ul>
      </li>
      <li>1.2 Subsection One-Two
        <ul>
          <li>1.2.1 Subsubsection One-Two-One</li>
          <li>1.2.2 Subsubsection One-Two-Two</li>
          <li>1.2.3 Subsubsection One-Two-Three &nbsp; &nbsp;
            <strong>&lt;== Current Position </strong></li>
          <li>1.2.4 Subsubsection One-Two-Four</li>
        </ul>
      </li>
      <li>1.3 Subsection One-Three
        <ul>
          <li>...</li>
        </ul>
      </li>
      <li>1.4 Subsection One-Four</li>
    </ul>
  </li>
</ul>

<hr size="1">
<p>
 <font size="-1">
  This document was generated by <em>Derek R. Price</em> on <em>February, 3 2005</em> using <a href="http://texi2html.cvshome.org/"><em>texi2html 1.76</em></a>.
 </font>
 <br>

</p>
</body>
</html>
